UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-Q
x QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES
EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the quarterly period ended March 31, 2010
OR
¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES
EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
Commission File Number 1-11758
(Exact Name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
Delaware (State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) |
1585 Broadway New York, NY 10036 (Address of principal executive |
36-3145972 (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.) |
(212) 761-4000 (Registrants telephone number, |
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes x No ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes x No ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of large accelerated filer, accelerated filer and smaller reporting company in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
Large Accelerated Filer x | Accelerated Filer ¨ | |
Non-Accelerated Filer ¨ | Smaller reporting company ¨ | |
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company) |
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes ¨ No x
As of April 30, 2010, there were 1,397,819,191 shares of the Registrants Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, outstanding.
QUARTERLY REPORT ON FORM 10-Q
For the quarter ended March 31, 2010
i |
Page | ||||
Item 1. |
Legal Proceedings | 128 | ||
Item 1A. |
Risk Factors | 128 | ||
Item 2. |
Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds | 129 | ||
Item 6. |
Exhibits | 129 |
ii |
AVAILABLE INFORMATION
Morgan Stanley files annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the SEC). You may read and copy any document we file with the SEC at the SECs public reference room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for information on the public reference room. The SEC maintains an internet site that contains annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy and information statements and other information that issuers (including Morgan Stanley) file electronically with the SEC. Morgan Stanleys electronic SEC filings are available to the public at the SECs internet site, www.sec.gov.
Morgan Stanleys internet site is www.morganstanley.com. You can access Morgan Stanleys Investor Relations webpage at www.morganstanley.com/about/ir. Morgan Stanley makes available free of charge, on or through its Investor Relations webpage, its proxy statements, Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and any amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange Act), as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. Morgan Stanley also makes available, through its Investor Relations webpage, via a link to the SECs internet site, statements of beneficial ownership of Morgan Stanleys equity securities filed by its directors, officers, 10% or greater shareholders and others under Section 16 of the Exchange Act.
Morgan Stanley has a Corporate Governance webpage. You can access information about Morgan Stanleys corporate governance at www.morganstanley.com/about/company/governance. Morgan Stanley posts the following on its Corporate Governance webpage:
| Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation; |
| Amended and Restated Bylaws; |
| Charters for its Audit Committee; Internal Audit Subcommittee; Compensation, Management Development and Succession Committee; Nominating and Governance Committee; and Risk Committee; |
| Corporate Governance Policies; |
| Policy Regarding Communication with the Board of Directors; |
| Policy Regarding Director Candidates Recommended by Shareholders; |
| Policy Regarding Corporate Political Contributions; |
| Policy Regarding Shareholder Rights Plan; |
| Code of Ethics and Business Conduct; |
| Code of Conduct; and |
| Integrity Hotline information. |
Morgan Stanleys Code of Ethics and Business Conduct applies to all directors, officers and employees, including its Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Finance Director and Controller. Morgan Stanley will post any amendments to the Code of Ethics and Business Conduct and any waivers that are required to be disclosed by the rules of either the SEC or the New York Stock Exchange LLC (NYSE) on its internet site. You can request a copy of these documents, excluding exhibits, at no cost, by contacting Investor Relations, 1585 Broadway, New York, NY 10036 (212-761-4000). The information on Morgan Stanleys internet site is not incorporated by reference into this report.
iii |
Item 1. | Financial Statements. |
MORGAN STANLEY
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
(dollars in millions, except share data)
(unaudited)
March 31, 2010 |
December 31, 2009 | |||||
Assets |
||||||
Cash and due from banks |
$ | 5,979 | $ | 6,988 | ||
Interest bearing deposits with banks |
29,499 | 25,003 | ||||
Cash deposited with clearing organizations or segregated under federal and other regulations or requirements |
22,367 | 23,712 | ||||
Financial instruments owned, at fair value (approximately $128 billion at March 31, 2010 and $101 billion at December 31, 2009 were pledged to various parties): |
||||||
U.S. government and agency securities |
69,274 | 62,215 | ||||
Other sovereign government obligations |
31,341 | 25,445 | ||||
Corporate and other debt ($5,809 at March 31, 2010 related to consolidated variable interest entities, generally not available to the Company) |
90,192 | 90,454 | ||||
Corporate equities |
67,591 | 57,968 | ||||
Derivative and other contracts |
47,906 | 49,081 | ||||
Investments ($1,102 at March 31, 2010 related to consolidated variable interest entities, generally not available to the Company) |
9,482 | 9,286 | ||||
Physical commodities |
4,898 | 5,329 | ||||
Total financial instruments owned, at fair value |
320,684 | 299,778 | ||||
Securities available for sale |
18,637 | | ||||
Securities received as collateral, at fair value |
16,891 | 13,656 | ||||
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell |
138,633 | 143,208 | ||||
Securities borrowed |
181,055 | 167,501 | ||||
Receivables: |
||||||
Customers |
25,949 | 27,594 | ||||
Brokers, dealers and clearing organizations |
6,575 | 5,719 | ||||
Fees, interest and other |
9,768 | 11,164 | ||||
Loans |
7,484 | 7,259 | ||||
Other investments |
3,901 | 3,752 | ||||
Premises, equipment and software costs (net of accumulated depreciation of $3,915 at March 31, 2010 and $3,734 at December 31, 2009) ($388 at March 31, 2010 related to consolidated variable interest entities, generally not available to the Company) |
6,047 | 7,067 | ||||
Goodwill |
7,169 | 7,162 | ||||
Intangible assets (net of accumulated amortization of $365 at March 31, 2010 and $275 at December 31, 2009) (includes $175 and $137 at fair value at March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively) |
4,998 | 5,054 | ||||
Other assets ($398 at March 31, 2010 related to consolidated variable interest entities, generally not available to the Company) |
14,083 | 16,845 | ||||
Total assets |
$ | 819,719 | $ | 771,462 | ||
See Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.
1 |
MORGAN STANLEY
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION(CONTINUED)
(dollars in millions, except share data)
(unaudited)
March 31, 2010 |
December 31, 2009 |
|||||||
Liabilities and Equity |
||||||||
Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings (includes $1,520 and $791 at fair value at March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively) |
$ | 3,323 | $ | 2,378 | ||||
Deposits (includes $4,789 and $4,967 at fair value at March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively) |
63,926 | 62,215 | ||||||
Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased, at fair value: |
||||||||
U.S. government and agency securities |
26,220 | 20,503 | ||||||
Other sovereign government obligations |
22,754 | 18,244 | ||||||
Corporate and other debt |
9,643 | 7,826 | ||||||
Corporate equities |
29,409 | 22,601 | ||||||
Derivative and other contracts |
37,777 | 38,209 | ||||||
Physical commodities |
39 | | ||||||
Total financial instruments sold, not yet purchased, at fair value |
125,842 | 107,383 | ||||||
Obligation to return securities received as collateral, at fair value |
16,891 | 13,656 | ||||||
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase |
174,591 | 159,401 | ||||||
Securities loaned |
31,372 | 26,246 | ||||||
Other secured financings, at fair value ($4,883 at March 31, 2010 related to consolidated variable interest entities and are non-recourse to the Company) |
9,560 | 8,102 | ||||||
Payables: |
||||||||
Customers |
121,025 | 117,058 | ||||||
Brokers, dealers and clearing organizations |
12,121 | 5,423 | ||||||
Interest |
2,729 | 2,597 | ||||||
Other liabilities and accrued expenses |
13,957 | 20,849 | ||||||
Long-term borrowings (includes $38,373 and $37,610 at fair value at March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively) |
189,203 | 193,374 | ||||||
764,540 | 718,682 | |||||||
Commitments and contingencies |
||||||||
Equity |
||||||||
Morgan Stanley shareholders equity: |
||||||||
Preferred stock |
9,597 | 9,597 | ||||||
Common stock, $0.01 par value; |
||||||||
Shares authorized: 3,500,000,000 at March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009; |
||||||||
Shares issued: 1,487,850,163 at March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009; |
||||||||
Shares outstanding: 1,398,469,576 at March 31, 2010 and 1,360,595,214 at December 31, 2009 |
15 | 15 | ||||||
Paid-in capital |
6,750 | 8,619 | ||||||
Retained earnings |
36,539 | 35,056 | ||||||
Employee stock trust |
3,772 | 4,064 | ||||||
Accumulated other comprehensive loss |
(559 | ) | (560 | ) | ||||
Common stock held in treasury, at cost, $0.01 par value; 89,380,587 shares at March 31, 2010 and 127,254,949 shares at December 31, 2009 |
(4,078 | ) | (6,039 | ) | ||||
Common stock issued to employee trust |
(3,772 | ) | (4,064 | ) | ||||
Total Morgan Stanley shareholders equity |
48,264 | 46,688 | ||||||
Non-controlling interests |
6,915 | 6,092 | ||||||
Total equity |
55,179 | 52,780 | ||||||
Total liabilities and equity |
$ | 819,719 | $ | 771,462 | ||||
See Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.
2 |
MORGAN STANLEY
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
(dollars in millions, except share and per share data)
(unaudited)
Three Months Ended March 31, |
||||||||
2010 | 2009 | |||||||
Revenues: |
||||||||
Investment banking |
$ | 1,060 | $ | 873 | ||||
Principal transactions: |
||||||||
Trading |
3,751 | 1,355 | ||||||
Investments |
369 | (1,150 | ) | |||||
Commissions |
1,261 | 770 | ||||||
Asset management, distribution and administration fees |
1,963 | 866 | ||||||
Other |
293 | 247 | ||||||
Total non-interest revenues |
8,697 | 2,961 | ||||||
Interest income |
1,748 | 2,245 | ||||||
Interest expense |
1,367 | 2,309 | ||||||
Net interest |
381 | (64 | ) | |||||
Net revenues |
9,078 | 2,897 | ||||||
Non-interest expenses: |
||||||||
Compensation and benefits |
4,418 | 1,978 | ||||||
Occupancy and equipment |
392 | 337 | ||||||
Brokerage, clearing and exchange fees |
348 | 248 | ||||||
Information processing and communications |
395 | 282 | ||||||
Marketing and business development |
134 | 110 | ||||||
Professional services |
395 | 303 | ||||||
Other |
480 | 269 | ||||||
Total non-interest expenses |
6,562 | 3,527 | ||||||
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes |
2,516 | (630 | ) | |||||
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes |
436 | (595 | ) | |||||
Income (loss) from continuing operations |
2,080 | (35 | ) | |||||
Discontinued operations: |
||||||||
Loss from discontinued operations |
(100 | ) | (255 | ) | ||||
Benefit from income taxes |
(31 | ) | (100 | ) | ||||
Net loss from discontinued operations |
(69 | ) | (155 | ) | ||||
Net income (loss) |
$ | 2,011 | $ | (190 | ) | |||
Net income (loss) applicable to non-controlling interests |
235 | (13 | ) | |||||
Net income (loss) applicable to Morgan Stanley |
$ | 1,776 | $ | (177 | ) | |||
Earnings (loss) applicable to Morgan Stanley common shareholders |
$ | 1,411 | $ | (578 | ) | |||
Amounts applicable to Morgan Stanley: |
||||||||
Income (loss) from continuing operations |
$ | 1,845 | $ | (17 | ) | |||
Net loss from discontinued operations |
(69 | ) | (160 | ) | ||||
Net income (loss) applicable to Morgan Stanley |
$ | 1,776 | $ | (177 | ) | |||
Earnings (loss) per basic common share: |
||||||||
Income (loss) from continuing operations |
$ | 1.12 | $ | (0.41 | ) | |||
Net loss from discontinued operations |
(0.05 | ) | (0.16 | ) | ||||
Earnings (loss) per basic common share |
$ | 1.07 | $ | (0.57 | ) | |||
Earnings (loss) diluted common share: |
||||||||
Income (loss) from continuing operations |
$ | 1.03 | $ | (0.41 | ) | |||
Net loss from discontinued operations |
(0.04 | ) | (0.16 | ) | ||||
Earnings (loss) per diluted common share |
$ | 0.99 | $ | (0.57 | ) | |||
Average common shares outstanding: |
||||||||
Basic |
1,314,608,020 | 1,011,741,210 | ||||||
Diluted |
1,626,207,327 | 1,011,741,210 | ||||||
See Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.
3 |
MORGAN STANLEY
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
(dollars in millions)
Three Months Ended March 31, |
||||||||
2010 | 2009 | |||||||
(unaudited) | ||||||||
Net income (loss) |
$ | 2,011 | $ | (190 | ) | |||
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax: |
||||||||
Foreign currency translation adjustments(1) |
14 | (59 | ) | |||||
Amortization of cash flow hedges(2) |
3 | 3 | ||||||
Net unrealized gains (losses) on Securities available for sale(3) |
(20 | ) | | |||||
Pension and postretirement related adjustments(4) |
4 | 5 | ||||||
Comprehensive income (loss) |
$ | 2,012 | $ | (241 | ) | |||
Net income (loss) applicable to non-controlling interests |
235 | (13 | ) | |||||
Other comprehensive (loss) income applicable to non-controlling interests |
(12 | ) | | |||||
Comprehensive income (loss) applicable to Morgan Stanley |
$ | 1,789 | $ | (228 | ) | |||
(1) | Amounts are net of provision for income taxes of $89 million and $31 million for the quarters ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. |
(2) | Amounts are net of provision for income taxes of $2 million for the quarters ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. |
(3) | Amount is net of benefit from income taxes of $14 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2010. |
(4) | Amounts are net of provision for income taxes of $2 million and $3 million for quarters ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. |
See Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.
4 |
MORGAN STANLEY
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(dollars in millions)
Three
Months Ended March 31, |
||||||||
2010 | 2009 | |||||||
(unaudited) | ||||||||
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES |
||||||||
Net income (loss) |
$ | 2,011 | $ | (190 | ) | |||
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used for) operating activities: |
||||||||
Compensation payable in common stock and options |
370 | 204 | ||||||
Depreciation and amortization |
154 | 155 | ||||||
Loss on business dispositions |
932 | 19 | ||||||
Gain on repurchase of long-term debt |
| (233 | ) | |||||
Impairment charges and other-than-temporary impairment charges |
10 | 278 | ||||||
Changes in assets and liabilities: |
||||||||
Cash deposited with clearing organizations or segregated under federal and other regulations or requirements |
1,345 | 945 | ||||||
Financial instruments owned, net of financial instruments sold, not yet purchased |
(5,073 | ) | 1,711 | |||||
Securities borrowed |
(13,554 | ) | (4,537 | ) | ||||
Securities loaned |
5,126 | 4,526 | ||||||
Receivables, loans and other assets |
4,521 | 2,771 | ||||||
Payables and other liabilities |
5,487 | (17,767 | ) | |||||
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell |
4,575 | 2,169 | ||||||
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase |
15,190 | (22,572 | ) | |||||
Net cash provided by (used for) operating activities |
21,094 | (32,521 | ) | |||||
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES |
||||||||
Net (payments for) proceeds from: |
||||||||
Premises, equipment and software costs |
(138 | ) | (1,127 | ) | ||||
Business dispositions, net of cash disposed |
| (8 | ) | |||||
Purchases of securities available for sale |
(18,674 | ) | | |||||
Net cash used for investing activities |
(18,812 | ) | (1,135 | ) | ||||
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES |
||||||||
Net proceeds from (payments for): |
||||||||
Short-term borrowings |
945 | (6,691 | ) | |||||
Derivatives financing activities |
(39 | ) | (53 | ) | ||||
Other secured financings |
1,458 | (2,024 | ) | |||||
Deposits |
1,711 | 8,567 | ||||||
Excess tax benefits associated with stock-based awards |
2 | 10 | ||||||
Net proceeds from: |
||||||||
Issuance of common stock |
1 | 19 | ||||||
Issuance of long-term borrowings |
7,755 | 19,433 | ||||||
Payments for: |
||||||||
Long-term borrowings |
(9,693 | ) | (14,414 | ) | ||||
Repurchases of common stock for employee tax withholding |
(262 | ) | (14 | ) | ||||
Cash dividends |
(293 | ) | (645 | ) | ||||
Net cash provided by financing activities |
1,585 | 4,188 | ||||||
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents |
(380 | ) | (661 | ) | ||||
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents |
3,487 | (30,129 | ) | |||||
Cash and cash equivalents, at beginning of period |
31,991 | 78,670 | ||||||
Cash and cash equivalents, at end of period |
$ | 35,478 | $ | 48,541 | ||||
Cash and cash equivalents include: |
||||||||
Cash and due from banks |
$ | 5,979 | $ | 8,019 | ||||
Interest bearing deposits with banks |
29,499 | 40,522 | ||||||
Cash and cash equivalents, at end of period |
$ | 35,478 | $ | 48,541 | ||||
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION
Cash payments for interest were $1,178 million and $2,856 million for the quarters ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
Cash payments for income taxes were $169 million and $97 million for the quarters ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
See Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.
5 |
MORGAN STANLEY
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN TOTAL EQUITY
Three Months Ended March 31, 2010
(dollars in millions)
(unaudited)
Preferred Stock |
Common Stock |
Paid-in Capital |
Retained Earnings |
Employee Stock Trust |
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) |
Common Stock Held in Treasury at Cost |
Common Stock Issued to Employee Trust |
Non- controlling Interests |
Total Equity |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2009 |
$ | 9,597 | $ | 15 | $ | 8,619 | $ | 35,056 | $ | 4,064 | $ | (560 | ) | $ | (6,039 | ) | $ | (4,064 | ) | $ | 6,092 | $ | 52,780 | |||||||||||||||
Net income |
| | | 1,776 | | | | | 235 | 2,011 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Dividends |
| | | (293 | ) | | | | | | (293 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Shares issued under employee plans and related tax effects |
| | (1,869 | ) | | (292 | ) | | 2,223 | 292 | | 354 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Repurchases of common stock |
| | | | | | (262 | ) | | | (262 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net change in cash flow hedges |
| | | | | 3 | | | | 3 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Pension and postretirement adjustments |
| | | | | 4 | | | | 4 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Foreign currency translation adjustments |
| | | | | 14 | | | (12 | ) | 2 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Change in net unrealized gains (losses) on securities available for sale |
| | | | | (20 | ) | | | | (20 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Increases for issuances of shares by a subsidiary of the Company |
| | | | | | | | 51 | 51 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Increases for the sale of a subsidiarys shares by the Company |
| | | | | | | | 25 | 25 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Increase in non-controlling interests related to the consolidation of certain real estate partnerships sponsored by the Company |
| | | | | | | | 468 | 468 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Decrease in non-controlling interests related to dividends of non-controlling interests |
| | | | | | | | (7 | ) | (7 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other increases in non-controlling interests |
| | | | | | | | 63 | 63 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
BALANCE AT MARCH 31, 2010 |
$ | 9,597 | $ | 15 | $ | 6,750 | $ | 36,539 | $ | 3,772 | $ | (559 | ) | $ | (4,078 | ) | $ | (3,772 | ) | $ | 6,915 | $ | 55,179 | |||||||||||||||
See Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.
6 |
MORGAN STANLEY
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN TOTAL EQUITY(Continued)
Three Months Ended March 31, 2009
(dollars in millions)
(unaudited)
Preferred Stock |
Common Stock |
Paid-in Capital |
Retained Earnings |
Employee Stock Trust |
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) |
Common Stock Held in Treasury at Cost |
Common Stock Issued to Employee Trust |
Non- controlling Interest |
Total Equity |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2008 |
$ | 19,168 | $ | 12 | $ | 459 | $ | 36,154 | $ | 4,312 | $ | (420 | ) | $ | (6,620 | ) | $ | (4,312 | ) | $ | 703 | $ | 49,456 | |||||||||||||||
Net loss |
| | | (177 | ) | | | | | (13 | ) | (190 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Dividends |
| | | (360 | ) | | | | | (5 | ) | (365 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Shares issued under employee plans and related tax effects |
| | (30 | ) | | (145 | ) | | 401 | 145 | | 371 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Repurchases of common stock |
| | | | | | (14 | ) | | | (14 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Preferred stock accretion |
40 | | (40 | ) | | | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net change in cash flow hedges |
| | | | | 3 | | | | 3 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Pension and postretirement adjustments |
| | | | | 5 | | | | 5 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Foreign currency translation adjustments |
| | | | | (59 | ) | | | | (59 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
BALANCE AT MARCH 31, 2009 |
$ | 19,208 | $ | 12 | $ | 429 | $ | 35,577 | $ | 4,167 | $ | (471 | ) | $ | (6,233 | ) | $ | (4,167 | ) | $ | 685 | $ | 49,207 | |||||||||||||||
See Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.
7 |
MORGAN STANLEY
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
1. | Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies. |
The Company. Morgan Stanley (or the Company), a financial holding company, is a global financial services firm that maintains significant market positions in each of its business segmentsInstitutional Securities, Global Wealth Management Group and Asset Management.
A summary of the activities of each of the Companys business segments is as follows:
Institutional Securities includes capital raising; financial advisory services, including advice on mergers and acquisitions, restructurings, real estate and project finance; corporate lending; sales, trading, financing and market-making activities in equity and fixed income securities and related products, including foreign exchange and commodities; and investment activities.
Global Wealth Management Group, which includes the Companys 51% interest in Morgan Stanley Smith Barney Holdings LLC (MSSB) (see Note 2), provides brokerage and investment advisory services to individual investors and small-to-medium sized businesses and institutions covering various investment alternatives; financial and wealth planning services; annuity and other insurance products; credit and other lending products; cash management services; retirement services; and trust and fiduciary services.
Asset Management provides global asset management products and services in equity, fixed income, alternative investments, which includes hedge funds and funds of funds, and merchant banking, which includes real estate, private equity and infrastructure, to institutional and retail clients through proprietary and third-party distribution channels. Asset Management also engages in investment activities.
Discontinued Operations.
Revel Entertainment Group, LLC. On March 31, 2010, the Board of Directors authorized a plan of disposal by sale for Revel Entertainment Group, LLC (Revel), a development stage enterprise and subsidiary of the Company that is primarily associated with a development property in Atlantic City, New Jersey. Total assets of Revel included in the Companys condensed consolidated statement of financial condition at March 31, 2010 approximated $240 million. The results of Revel are reported as discontinued operations for all periods presented and were formerly included within the Institutional Securities business segment. The quarter ended March 31, 2010 includes a loss of approximately $932 million in connection with such planned disposition.
Retail Asset Management Business. On October 19, 2009, as part of a restructuring of its Asset Management business segment, the Company entered into a definitive agreement to sell substantially all of its retail asset management business (Retail Asset Management), including Van Kampen Investments, Inc. (Van Kampen), to Invesco Ltd. (Invesco). This transaction allows the Companys Asset Management business segment to focus on its institutional client base, including corporations, pension plans, large intermediaries, foundations and endowments, sovereign wealth funds and central banks, among others.
Under the terms of the definitive agreement, Invesco will purchase substantially all of Retail Asset Management, operating under both the Morgan Stanley and Van Kampen brands, in a stock and cash transaction. The Company will receive a 9.4% minority interest in Invesco. The transaction, which has been approved by the Boards of Directors of both companies, is expected to close in mid-2010, subject to customary regulatory, client and fund shareholder approvals. Total assets of Retail Asset Management included in the Companys condensed consolidated statement of financial condition at March 31, 2010 approximated $950 million. The results of Retail Asset Management are reported as discontinued operations for all periods presented.
MSCI Inc. In May 2009, the Company divested all of its remaining ownership interest in MSCI Inc. (MSCI). The results of MSCI are reported as discontinued operations through the date of sale and were formerly included within the Institutional Securities business segment.
8 |
MORGAN STANLEY
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS(Continued)
Crescent. Discontinued operations for the quarter ended March 31, 2009 include operating results related to Crescent Real Estate Equities Limited Partnership (Crescent), a former real estate subsidiary of the Company. The Company completed the disposition of Crescent in the fourth quarter of 2009, whereby the Company transferred its ownership interest in Crescent to Crescents primary creditor in exchange for full release of liability on the related loans. The results of Crescent were formerly included in the Asset Management business segment.
Discover. On June 30, 2007, the Company completed the spin-off of its business segment Discover Financial Services (DFS) to its shareholders. On February 11, 2010, DFS paid the Company $775 million in complete satisfaction of its obligations to the Company regarding the sharing of proceeds from the lawsuit against Visa and MasterCard. The payment was recorded as a gain in discontinued operations for the quarter ended March 31, 2010.
See Note 18 for additional information on discontinued operations.
Basis of Financial Information. The condensed consolidated financial statements for the quarters ended March 31, 2010 and 2009 are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S., which require the Company to make estimates and assumptions regarding the valuations of certain financial instruments, the valuation of goodwill, tax matters and other matters that affect the condensed consolidated financial statements and related disclosures. The Company believes that the estimates utilized in the preparation of the condensed consolidated financial statements are prudent and reasonable. Actual results could differ materially from these estimates.
All material intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated.
The condensed consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the Companys consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included in the Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009 (the Form 10-K). The condensed consolidated financial statements reflect all adjustments that are, in the opinion of management, necessary for the fair presentation of the results for the interim period. The results of operations for interim periods are not necessarily indicative of results for the entire year.
Consolidation. The condensed consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company, its wholly owned subsidiaries and other entities in which the Company has a controlling financial interest, including certain variable interest entities (VIEs) (see Note 6). The Company adopted accounting guidance for non-controlling interests on January 1, 2009. Accordingly, for consolidated subsidiaries that are less than wholly owned, the third-party holdings of equity interests are referred to as non-controlling interests. The portion of net income attributable to non-controlling interests for such subsidiaries is presented as Net income (loss) applicable to non-controlling interests on the condensed consolidated statements of income, and the portion of the shareholders equity of such subsidiaries is presented as Non-controlling interests in the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition and condensed consolidated statements of changes in total equity.
For entities where (1) the total equity investment at risk is sufficient to enable the entity to finance its activities independently and (2) the equity holders bear the economic residual risks of the entity and have the right to make decisions about the entitys activities, the Company consolidates those entities it controls through a majority voting interest or otherwise. For entities that do not meet these criteria, commonly known as VIEs, the Company consolidates those entities where the Company is deemed to be the primary beneficiary when it has the power to make the decisions that most significantly affect the economic performance of the VIE and has the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits, in either case that could potentially be significant to the VIE, except for certain VIEs that are investment companies or are entities qualifying for accounting purposes as an investment company. For such entities, the Company consolidates those entities when it absorbs a majority of the expected losses or a majority of the expected residual returns, or both, of the entities.
9 |
MORGAN STANLEY
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS(Continued)
Notwithstanding the above, under accounting guidance prior to January 1, 2010, certain securitization vehicles, commonly known as qualifying special purpose entities (QSPEs), were not consolidated by the Company if they met certain criteria regarding the types of assets and derivatives they could hold and the range of discretion they could exercise in connection with the assets they held. These entities are now subject to the consolidation requirements for VIEs.
For investments in entities in which the Company does not have a controlling financial interest but has significant influence over operating and financial decisions, the Company generally applies the equity method of accounting with net gains and losses recorded within Other revenues. Where the Company has elected to measure certain eligible investments at fair value in accordance with the fair value option, net gains and losses are recorded within Principal transactionsInvestments (see Note 3).
Equity and partnership interests held by entities qualifying for accounting purposes as investment companies are carried at fair value.
The Companys significant regulated U.S. and international subsidiaries include Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated (MS&Co.), Morgan Stanley Smith Barney LLC, Morgan Stanley & Co. International plc (MSIP), Morgan Stanley Japan Securities Co., Ltd. (MSJS), Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A. and Morgan Stanley Investment Advisors Inc.
Income Statement Presentation. The Company, through its subsidiaries and affiliates, provides a wide variety of products and services to a large and diversified group of clients and customers, including corporations, governments, financial institutions and individuals. In connection with the delivery of the various products and services to clients, the Company manages its revenues and related expenses in the aggregate. As such, when assessing the performance of its businesses, the Company considers its principal trading, investment banking, commissions, and interest income, along with the associated interest expense, as one integrated activity for each of the Companys separate businesses.
Effective January 1, 2010, the Company reclassified dividend income associated with trading and investing activities to Principal transactionsTrading or Principal transactionsInvestments depending upon the business activity. Previously, these amounts were included in Interest and dividends on the condensed consolidated statements of income. These reclassifications were made in connection with the Companys conversion to a financial holding company. Prior periods have been adjusted to conform to the current presentation.
Revenue Recognition.
Investment Banking. Underwriting revenues and advisory fees from mergers, acquisitions and restructuring transactions are recorded when services for the transactions are determined to be substantially completed, generally as set forth under the terms of the engagement. Transaction-related expenses, primarily consisting of legal, travel and other costs directly associated with the transaction, are deferred and recognized in the same period as the related investment banking transaction revenue. Underwriting revenues are presented net of related expenses. Non-reimbursed expenses associated with advisory transactions are recorded within Non-interest expenses.
Commissions. The Company generates commissions from executing and clearing customer transactions on stock, options and futures markets. Commission revenues are recognized in the accounts on trade date.
10 |
MORGAN STANLEY
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS(Continued)
Asset Management, Distribution and Administration Fees. Asset management, distribution and administration fees are recognized over the relevant contract period. Sales commissions paid by the Company in connection with the sale of certain classes of shares of its open-end mutual fund products are accounted for as deferred commission assets. The Company periodically tests the deferred commission assets for recoverability based on cash flows expected to be received in future periods. In certain management fee arrangements, the Company is entitled to receive performance-based fees (also referred to as incentive fees) when the return on assets under management exceeds certain benchmark returns or other performance targets. In such arrangements, performance fee revenue is accrued (or reversed) quarterly based on measuring account/fund performance to date versus the performance benchmark stated in the investment management agreement. Performance-based fees are recorded within Principal transactionsinvestment revenues or Asset management, distribution and administration fees depending on the nature of the arrangement.
Principal Transactions. See Financial Instruments and Fair Value below for principal transactions revenue recognition discussions.
Financial Instruments and Fair Value.
A significant portion of the Companys financial instruments is carried at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in earnings each period. A description of the Companys policies regarding fair value measurement and its application to these financial instruments follows.
Financial Instruments Measured at Fair Value. All of the instruments within Financial instruments owned and Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased, are measured at fair value, either through the fair value option election (discussed below) or as required by other accounting guidance. These financial instruments primarily represent the Companys trading and investment activities and include both cash and derivative products. In addition, certain debt securities classified as Securities available for sale are measured at fair value in accordance with accounting guidance for certain investments in debt and equity securities. Furthermore, Securities received as collateral and Obligation to return securities received as collateral are measured at fair value as required by other accounting guidance. Additionally, certain Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings (primarily structured notes), certain Deposits, Other secured financings and certain Long-term borrowings (primarily structured notes and certain junior subordinated debentures) are measured at fair value through the fair value option election.
Gains and losses on all of these instruments carried at fair value are reflected in Principal transactionsTrading revenues, Principal transactionsInvestment revenues or Investment banking revenues in the condensed consolidated statements of income, except for Securities available for sale (see Securities Available for Sale section herein and Note 4) and derivatives accounted for as hedges (see Hedge Accounting section herein and Note 9). Interest income and expense are recorded within the condensed consolidated statements of income depending on the nature of the instrument and related market conventions. When interest is included as a component of the instruments fair value, interest is included within Principal transactionsTrading or Principal transactionsInvestments. Otherwise, it is included within Interest income or Interest expense. Dividend income is recorded in Principal transactionsTrading or Principal transactionsInvestments depending on the business activity. The fair value of over-the-counter (OTC) financial instruments, including derivative contracts related to financial instruments and commodities, is presented in the accompanying condensed consolidated statements of financial condition on a net-by-counterparty basis, when appropriate. Additionally, the Company nets fair value of cash collateral paid or received against fair value amounts recognized for net derivative positions executed with the same counterparty under the same master netting arrangement.
Fair Value Option. The fair value option permits the irrevocable fair value option election on an instrument-by-instrument basis at initial recognition of an asset or liability or upon an event that gives rise to a
11 |
MORGAN STANLEY
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS(Continued)
new basis of accounting for that instrument. The Company applies the fair value option for eligible instruments, including certain loans and lending commitments, certain equity method investments, certain structured notes, certain junior subordinated debentures, certain time deposits and certain other secured financings.
Fair Value MeasurementDefinition and Hierarchy. Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability (i.e., the exit price) in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.
In determining fair value, the Company uses various valuation approaches and establishes a hierarchy for inputs used in measuring fair value that maximizes the use of relevant observable inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs by requiring that the most observable inputs be used when available. Observable inputs are inputs that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability developed based on market data obtained from sources independent of the Company. Unobservable inputs are inputs that reflect the Companys assumptions about the assumptions other market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability developed based on the best information available in the circumstances. The hierarchy is broken down into three levels based on the observability of inputs as follows:
| Level 1Valuations based on quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the Company has the ability to access. Valuation adjustments and block discounts are not applied to Level 1 instruments. Since valuations are based on quoted prices that are readily and regularly available in an active market, valuation of these products does not entail a significant degree of judgment. |
| Level 2Valuations based on one or more quoted prices in markets that are not active or for which all significant inputs are observable, either directly or indirectly. |
| Level 3Valuations based on inputs that are unobservable and significant to the overall fair value measurement. |
The availability of observable inputs can vary from product to product and is affected by a wide variety of factors, including, for example, the type of product, whether the product is new and not yet established in the marketplace, the liquidity of markets and other characteristics particular to the transaction. To the extent that valuation is based on models or inputs that are less observable or unobservable in the market, the determination of fair value requires more judgment. Accordingly, the degree of judgment exercised by the Company in determining fair value is greatest for instruments categorized in Level 3.
The Company considers prices and inputs that are current as of the measurement date, including during periods of market dislocation. In periods of market dislocation, the observability of prices and inputs may be reduced for many instruments. This condition could cause an instrument to be reclassified from Level 1 to Level 2 or Level 2 to Level 3 (see Note 3). In addition, a downturn in market conditions could lead to further declines in the valuation of many instruments.
In certain cases, the inputs used to measure fair value may fall into different levels of the fair value hierarchy. In such cases, for disclosure purposes the level in the fair value hierarchy within which the fair value measurement falls in its entirety is determined based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety.
Valuation Techniques. Many cash and OTC contracts have bid and ask prices that can be observed in the marketplace. Bid prices reflect the highest price that a party is willing to pay for an asset. Ask prices represent the lowest price that a party is willing to accept for an asset. For financial instruments whose inputs are based on bid-ask prices, the Company does not require that the fair value estimate always be a predetermined point in the bid-ask range. The Companys policy is to allow for mid-market pricing and adjusting to the point within the
12 |
MORGAN STANLEY
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS(Continued)
bid-ask range that meets the Companys best estimate of fair value. For offsetting positions in the same financial instrument, the same price within the bid-ask spread is used to measure both the long and short positions.
Fair value for many cash and OTC contracts is derived using pricing models. Pricing models take into account the contract terms (including maturity) as well as multiple inputs, including, where applicable, commodity prices, equity prices, interest rate yield curves, credit curves, correlation, creditworthiness of the counterparty, option volatility and currency rates. Where appropriate, valuation adjustments are made to account for various factors such as liquidity risk (bid-ask adjustments), credit quality and model uncertainty. Adjustments for liquidity risk adjust model derived mid-market levels of Level 2 and Level 3 financial instruments for the bid-mid or mid-ask spread required to properly reflect the exit price of a risk position. Bid-mid and mid-ask spreads are marked to levels observed in trade activity, broker quotes or other external third-party data. Where these spreads are unobservable for the particular position in question, spreads are derived from observable levels of similar positions. The Company applies credit-related valuation adjustments to its short-term and long-term borrowings (including structured notes and junior subordinated debentures) for which the fair value option was elected and to OTC derivatives. The Company considers the impact of changes in its own credit spreads based upon observations of the Companys secondary bond market spreads when measuring fair value for short-term and long-term borrowings. For OTC derivatives, the impact of changes in both the Companys and the counterpartys credit standing is considered when measuring fair value. In determining the expected exposure, the Company simulates the distribution of the future exposure to a counterparty, then applies market-based default probabilities to the future exposure, leveraging external third-party credit default swap (CDS) spread data. Where CDS spread data is unavailable for a specific counterparty, bond market spreads, CDS spread data based on the counterpartys credit rating or CDS spread data that references a comparable counterparty may be utilized. The Company also considers collateral held and legally enforceable master netting agreements that mitigate the Companys exposure to each counterparty. Adjustments for model uncertainty are taken for positions whose underlying models are reliant on significant inputs that are neither directly nor indirectly observable, hence requiring reliance on established theoretical concepts in their derivation. These adjustments are derived by making assessments of the possible degree of variability using statistical approaches and market-based information where possible. The Company generally subjects all valuations and models to a review process initially and on a periodic basis thereafter.
Fair value is a market-based measure considered from the perspective of a market participant rather than an entity-specific measure. Therefore, even when market assumptions are not readily available, the Companys own assumptions are set to reflect those that the Company believes market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability at the measurement date.
See Note 3 for a description of valuation techniques applied to the major categories of financial instruments measured at fair value.
Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Non-Recurring Basis. Certain of the Companys assets are measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis. The Company incurs losses or gains for any adjustments of these assets to fair value. A downturn in market conditions could result in impairment charges in future periods.
For assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis, fair value is determined by using various valuation approaches. The same hierarchy as described above, which maximizes the use of observable inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs, by generally requiring that the observable inputs be used when available, is used in measuring fair value for these items.
For further information on financial assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring and non-recurring basis, see Note 3.
13 |
MORGAN STANLEY
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS(Continued)
Hedge Accounting.
The Company applies hedge accounting using various derivative financial instruments and non-U.S. dollar-denominated debt used to hedge interest rate and foreign exchange risk arising from assets and liabilities not held at fair value as part of asset and liability management. These derivative financial instruments are included within Financial instruments ownedDerivative and other contracts or Financial instruments sold, not yet purchasedDerivative and other contracts in the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition.
The Companys hedges are designated and qualify for accounting purposes as one of the following types of hedges: hedges of changes in fair value of assets and liabilities due to the risk being hedged (fair value hedges), and hedges of net investments in foreign operations whose functional currency is different from the reporting currency of the parent company (net investment hedges).
For further information on derivative instruments and hedging activities, see Note 9.
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.
For purposes of the condensed consolidated statements of cash flows, cash and cash equivalents consist of Cash and due from banks and Interest bearing deposits with banks, which are highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less and readily convertible to known amounts of cash.
Repurchase and Securities Lending Transactions
Securities borrowed or purchased under agreements to resell and securities loaned or sold under agreements to repurchase are generally treated as collateralized financings. Securities purchased under agreements to resell (reverse repurchase agreements) and Securities sold under agreements to repurchase (repurchase agreements) are carried on the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition at the amounts at which the securities will be subsequently sold or repurchased, plus accrued interest. Securities borrowed and securities loaned are recorded at the amount of cash collateral advanced or received. Where appropriate, transactions with the same counterparty are reported on a net basis.
Securitization Activities.
The Company engages in securitization activities related to commercial and residential mortgage loans, corporate bonds and loans, U.S. agency collateralized mortgage obligations and other types of financial assets (see Note 6). Generally, such transfers of financial assets are accounted for as sales when the Company has relinquished control over the transferred assets. The gain or loss on sale of such financial assets depends, in part, on the previous carrying amount of the assets involved in the transfer allocated between the assets sold and the retained interests based upon their respective fair values at the date of sale. Transfers that are not accounted for as sales are treated as secured financings (failed sales).
Earnings per Common Share.
Basic earnings per common share (EPS) is computed by dividing income available to Morgan Stanley common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Income available to Morgan Stanley common shareholders represents net income applicable to Morgan Stanley reduced by preferred stock dividends, amortization and the acceleration of discounts on preferred stock issued and allocations of earnings to participating securities. Common shares outstanding include common stock and vested restricted stock unit awards where recipients have satisfied either the explicit vesting terms or retirement eligibility requirements. Diluted EPS reflects the assumed conversion of all dilutive securities.
14 |
MORGAN STANLEY
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS(Continued)
Effective October 13, 2008, as a result of an adjustment to Equity Units sold to a wholly owned subsidiary of China Investment Corporation Ltd. (CIC), the Company calculates EPS in accordance with the accounting guidance for determining EPS for participating securities. The accounting guidance for participating securities and the two-class method of calculating EPS addresses the computation of EPS by companies that have issued securities other than common stock that contractually entitle the holder to participate in dividends and earnings of the company along with common shareholders according to a predetermined formula. The two-class method requires the Company to present EPS as if all of the earnings for the period are distributed to Morgan Stanley common shareholders and any participating securities, regardless of whether any actual dividends or distributions are made. The amount allocated to the participating securities is based upon the contractual terms of their respective contract and is reflected as a reduction to Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley common shareholders for both the Companys basic and diluted EPS calculations (see Note 13). The two-class method does not impact the Companys actual net income applicable to Morgan Stanley or other financial results. Unless contractually required by the terms of the participating securities, no losses are allocated to participating securities for purposes of the EPS calculation under the two-class method.
Under current accounting guidance, unvested share-based payment awards that contain non-forfeitable rights to dividends or dividend equivalents (whether paid or unpaid) are participating securities and shall be included in the computation of EPS pursuant to the two-class method. Share-based payment awards that pay dividend equivalents subject to vesting are not deemed participating securities and are included in diluted shares outstanding (if dilutive) under the treasury stock method.
Goodwill and Intangible Assets.
Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets are not amortized and are reviewed annually (or more frequently when certain events or circumstances exist) for impairment. Other intangible assets are amortized over their estimated useful lives and reviewed for impairment.
Deferred Compensation Arrangements.
Deferred Compensation Plans. The Company maintains various deferred compensation plans for the benefit of certain employees that provide a return to the participating employees based upon the performance of various referenced investments. The Company often invests directly, as a principal, in such referenced investments related to its obligations to perform under the deferred compensation plans. Changes in value of such investments made by the Company are recorded primarily in Principal transactionsInvestments. Expenses associated with the related deferred compensation plans are recorded in Compensation and benefits.
Employee Loans.
At March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, the Company had $5.8 billion and $3.5 billion, respectively, of loans outstanding primarily to certain MSSB employees that are included in ReceivablesFees, interest and other on the condensed consolidated statement of financial condition. These loans are full-recourse, require periodic payments and have repayment terms ranging from 4 to 12 years.
Securities Available for Sale.
In the first quarter of 2010, the Company established a portfolio of debt securities that are classified as securities available for sale (AFS). AFS securities are reported at fair value in the condensed consolidated statement of financial condition with unrealized gains and losses reported in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), (net of tax). Interest income, including amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts, is included in
15 |
MORGAN STANLEY
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS(Continued)
interest income in the condensed consolidated statement of income. Realized gains and losses on AFS securities sale are reported in earnings (see Note 4). The Company utilizes the first-in, first-out method as the basis for determining the cost of AFS securities.
Other-than-temporary impairment. The Company evaluates and accounts for impairment of securities in accordance with accounting guidance for investments in debt and equity securities. AFS securities in unrealized loss positions, resulting from the current fair value of a security being less than amortized cost, are analyzed as part of the Companys ongoing assessment of other-than-temporary impairment (OTTI). OTTI is recognized in earnings if the Company has the intent to sell the security, or if it is more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis as of the reporting date. For those securities the Company does not expect to sell or expect to be required to sell, the Company must evaluate whether it expects to recover the entire amortized cost basis of the security. In the event of a credit loss, only the amount of impairment associated with the credit loss is recognized in income. Unrealized losses relating to factors other than credit are recorded in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax.
Accounting Developments.
Transfers of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities and Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities. In June 2009, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (the FASB) issued accounting guidance which changed the way entities account for securitizations and special-purpose entities. The accounting guidance amended the accounting for transfers of financial assets and requires additional disclosures about transfers of financial assets, including securitization transactions, and where entities have continuing exposure to the risks related to transferred financial assets. It eliminated the concept of a QSPE and changed the requirements for derecognizing financial assets.
The accounting guidance also amended the accounting for consolidation and changed how a reporting entity determines when an entity that is insufficiently capitalized or is not controlled through voting (or similar rights) should be consolidated. The determination of whether a reporting entity is required to consolidate another entity is based on, among other things, the other entitys purpose and design and the reporting entitys ability to direct the activities of the other entity that most significantly impact the other entitys economic performance. In February 2010, the FASB finalized a deferral of these accounting changes, effective January 1, 2010, for certain interests in investment companies or in entities qualifying for accounting purposes as investment companies (the Deferral). The Company will continue to analyze consolidation under other existing authoritative guidance for entities subject to the Deferral. The adoption of the accounting guidance on January 1, 2010 did not have a material impact on the Companys condensed consolidated statement of financial condition.
2. Morgan Stanley Smith Barney Holdings LLC.
Smith Barney. On May 31, 2009, the Company and Citigroup Inc. (Citi) consummated the combination of the Companys Global Wealth Management Group and the businesses of Citis Smith Barney in the U.S., Quilter Holdings Ltd (Quilter) in the U.K., and Smith Barney Australia (Smith Barney). In addition to the Companys contribution of respective businesses to MSSB, the Company paid Citi $2,755 million in cash. The combined businesses operate as Morgan Stanley Smith Barney. Pursuant to the terms of the amended contribution agreement, dated at May 29, 2009, certain businesses of Smith Barney and Morgan Stanley will be contributed to MSSB subsequent to May 31, 2009 (the delayed contribution businesses). Morgan Stanley and contribution businesses until they are transferred to MSSB and gains and losses from such businesses will be allocated to the Companys and Citis respective share of MSSBs gains and losses. The Company owns 51% and Citi owns 49% of MSSB.
16 |
MORGAN STANLEY
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS(Continued)
At May 31, 2009, the Company included MSSB in its condensed consolidated financial statements. The results of MSSB are included within the Global Wealth Management Group business segment. See Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2009 included in the Form 10-K for further information on Smith Barney.
Citi Managed Futures. Citi contributed its managed futures business and certain related proprietary trading positions to MSSB on July 31, 2009 (Citi Managed Futures). The Company paid Citi approximately $300 million in cash in connection with this transfer. At July 31, 2009, Citi Managed Futures was wholly-owned and consolidated by MSSB, of which the Company owns 51% and Citi owns 49%.
See Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2009 included in the Form 10-K for further information on Citi Managed Futures.
Pro forma condensed combined financial information (unaudited).
The following unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information presents the results of operations of the Company as they may have appeared if the closing of MSSB and Citi Managed Futures had been completed on January 1, 2009 (dollars in millions, except share data).
Three Months Ended March 31, 2009 |
||||
(unaudited) | ||||
Net revenues |
$ | 4,560 | ||
Total non-interest expenses |
5,076 | |||
Loss from continuing operations before income taxes |
(516 | ) | ||
Benefit from income taxes |
(574 | ) | ||
Income from continuing operations |
58 | |||
Discontinued operations: |
||||
Loss from discontinued operations |
(255 | ) | ||
Benefit from income taxes |
(100 | ) | ||
Net loss from discontinued operations |
(155 | ) | ||
Net loss |
(97 | ) | ||
Net income applicable to non-controlling interests |
15 | |||
Net loss applicable to Morgan Stanley |
$ | (112 | ) | |
Loss applicable to Morgan Stanley common shareholders |
$ | (513 | ) | |
Loss per basic common share: |
||||
Loss from continuing operations |
$ | (0.35 | ) | |
Loss on discontinued operations |
(0.16 | ) | ||
Loss per basic common share |
$ | (0.51 | ) | |
Loss per diluted common share: |
||||
Loss from continuing operations |
$ | (0.35 | ) | |
Loss on discontinued operations |
(0.16 | ) | ||
Loss per diluted common share |
$ | (0.51 | ) | |
17 |
MORGAN STANLEY
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS(Continued)
The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information is presented for illustrative purposes only and does not indicate the actual financial results of the Company had the closing of Smith Barney and Citi Managed Futures been completed on January 1, 2009, nor is it indicative of the results of operations in future periods. Included in the unaudited pro forma combined financial information for the quarter ended March 31, 2009 were pro forma adjustments to reflect the results of operations of both Smith Barney and Citi Managed Futures as well as the impact of amortizing certain acquisition accounting adjustments such as amortizable intangible assets. The pro forma condensed financial information does not indicate the impact of possible business model changes nor does it consider any potential impacts of market conditions, expense efficiencies or other factors.
Fair Value Measurements.
A description of the valuation techniques applied to the Companys major categories of assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis follows.
Financial Instruments Owned and Financial Instruments Sold, Not Yet Purchased
U.S. Government and Agency Securities
| U.S. Treasury Securities. U.S. treasury securities are valued using quoted market prices. Valuation adjustments are not applied. Accordingly, U.S. treasury securities are generally categorized in Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy. |
| U.S. Agency Securities. U.S. agency securities are comprised of two main categories consisting of agency issued debt and mortgage pass-throughs. Non-callable agency issued debt securities are generally valued using quoted market prices. Callable agency issued debt securities are valued by benchmarking model-derived prices to quoted market prices and trade data for identical or comparable securities. Mortgage pass-throughs include mortgage pass-throughs and forward settling mortgage pools. The fair value of mortgage pass-throughs are model driven based on spreads of the comparable To-be-announced (TBA) security. Actively traded non-callable agency issued debt securities are categorized in Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy. Callable agency issued debt securities and mortgage pass-throughs are generally categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy. |
Other Sovereign Government Obligations
| Foreign sovereign government obligations are valued using quoted prices in active markets when available. To the extent quoted prices are not available, fair value is determined based on a valuation model that has as inputs interest rate yield curves, cross-currency basis index spreads, and country credit spreads for structures similar to the bond in terms of issuer, maturity and seniority. These bonds are generally categorized in Levels 1 or 2 of the fair value hierarchy. |
Corporate and Other Debt
| State and Municipal Securities. The fair value of state and municipal securities is estimated using recently executed transactions, market price quotations and pricing models that factor in, where applicable, interest rates, bond or credit default swap spreads and volatility. These bonds are generally categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy. |
| Residential Mortgage-Backed Securities (RMBS), Commercial Mortgage-Backed Securities (CMBS), and other Asset-Backed Securities (ABS). RMBS, CMBS and other ABS may be valued based on price or spread data obtained from observed transactions or independent external parties such as |
18 |
MORGAN STANLEY
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS(Continued)
vendors or brokers. When position-specific external price data are not observable, the fair value determination may require benchmarking to similar instruments and/or analyzing expected credit losses, default and recovery rates. In evaluating the fair value of each security, the Company considers security collateral-specific attributes including payment priority, credit enhancement levels, type of collateral, delinquency rates and loss severity among other factors. In addition for RMBS borrowers, FICO scores and the level of documentation for the loan are also considered. Market standard models, such as Intex, Trepp or others, may be deployed to model the specific collateral compositions and cash flow structure of each deal. Key inputs to these models are market spreads, forecasted credit losses, default and prepayments rates for each asset category. Valuation levels of RMBS and CMBS indices are also used as an additional data point for benchmarking purposes or to price outright index positions. |
Fair value for retained interests in securitized financial assets (in the form of one or more tranches of the securitization) is determined using observable prices or, in cases where observable prices are not available for certain retained interests, the Company estimates fair value based on the present value of expected future cash flows using its best estimates of the key assumptions, including forecasted credit losses, prepayment rates, forward yield curves and discount rates commensurate with the risks involved.
RMBS, CMBS and other ABS, including retained interests in these securitized financial assets, are categorized in Level 3 if external prices or spread inputs are unobservable or if the comparability assessment involves significant subjectivity related to property type differences, cash flows, performance and other inputs; otherwise, they are categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.
| Corporate Bonds. The fair value of corporate bonds is estimated using recently executed transactions, market price quotations (where observable), bond spreads or credit default swap spreads obtained from independent external parties such as vendors and brokers adjusted for any basis difference between cash and derivative instruments. The spread data used are for the same maturity as the bond. If the spread data does not reference the issuer, then data that reference a comparable issuer are used. When observable price quotations are not available, fair value is determined based on cash flow models with yield curves, bond or single name credit default swap spreads and recovery rates as significant inputs. Corporate bonds are generally categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy; in instances where prices, spreads or any of the other aforementioned key inputs are unobservable, they are categorized in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. |
| Collateralized Debt Obligations (CDOs). The Company holds cash CDOs that typically reference a tranche of an underlying synthetic portfolio of single name credit default swaps. The collateral is usually ABS or other corporate bonds. Credit correlation, a primary input used to determine the fair value of a cash CDO, is usually unobservable and derived using a benchmarking technique. The other model inputs such as credit spreads, including collateral spreads, and interest rates are typically observable. CDOs are categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy when the credit correlation input is insignificant. In instances where the credit correlation input is deemed to be significant, these instruments are categorized in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. |
| Corporate Loans and Lending Commitments. The fair value of corporate loans is estimated using recently executed transactions, market price quotations (where observable), implied yields from comparable debt, and market observable credit default swap spread levels obtained from independent external parties such as vendors and brokers adjusted for any basis difference between cash and derivative instruments, along with proprietary valuation models and default recovery analysis where such transactions and quotations are unobservable. The fair value of contingent corporate lending commitments is estimated by using executed transactions on comparable loans and the anticipated market price based on pricing indications from syndicate banks and customers. The valuation of these commitments also takes into account certain fee income. Corporate loans and lending commitments are |
19 |
MORGAN STANLEY
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS(Continued)
generally categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy; in instances where prices or significant spread inputs are unobservable, they are categorized in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. |
| Mortgage Loans. Mortgage loans are valued using prices based on transactional data for identical or comparable instruments. Where observable prices are not available, the Company estimates fair value based on benchmarking to prices and rates observed in the primary market for similar loan or borrower types, or based on the present value of expected future cash flows using its best estimates of the key assumptions, including forecasted credit losses, prepayment rates, forward yield curves and discount rates commensurate with the risks involved. Due to the subjectivity involved in comparability assessment related to mortgage loan vintage, geographical concentration, prepayment speed and projected loss assumptions, the majority of loans are classified in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. |
| Auction Rate Securities (ARS). The Company primarily holds investments in Student Loan Auction Rate Securities (SLARS) and Municipal Auction Rate Securities (MARS) with interest rates that are reset through periodic auctions. SLARS are ABS backed by pools of student loans. MARS are municipal bonds often wrapped by municipal bond insurance. ARS were historically traded and valued as floating rate notes, priced at par due to the auction mechanism. Beginning in fiscal 2008, uncertainties in the credit markets have resulted in auctions failing for certain types of ARS. Once the auctions failed, ARS could no longer be valued using observations of auction market prices. Accordingly, the fair value of ARS is determined using independent external market data where available and an internally developed methodology to discount for the lack of liquidity and non-performance risk in the current market environment. |
Inputs that impact the valuation of SLARS are the underlying collateral types, level of seniority in the capital structure, amount of leverage in each structure, credit rating and liquidity considerations. Inputs that impact the valuation of MARS are independent external market data, the maximum rate, quality of underlying issuers/insurers and evidence of issuer calls. MARS are generally categorized in Level 2 as the valuation technique relies on observable external data. The majority of SLARS are generally categorized in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.
Corporate Equities.
| Exchange-Traded Equity Securities. Exchange-traded equity securities are generally valued based on quoted prices from the exchange. To the extent these securities are actively traded, valuation adjustments are not applied and they are categorized in Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy; otherwise, they are categorized in Level 2. |
Derivative and Other Contracts.
| Listed Derivative Contracts. Listed derivatives that are actively traded are valued based on quoted prices from the exchange and are categorized in Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy. Listed derivatives that are not actively traded are valued using the same approaches as those applied to OTC derivatives; they are generally categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy. |
| OTC Derivative Contracts. OTC derivative contracts include forward, swap and option contracts related to interest rates, foreign currencies, credit standing of reference entities, equity prices or commodity prices. |
Depending on the product and the terms of the transaction, the fair value of OTC derivative products can be either observed or modeled using a series of techniques, and model inputs from comparable benchmarks, including closed-form analytic formulas, such as the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, and simulation models or a combination thereof. Many pricing models do not entail material subjectivity
20 |
MORGAN STANLEY
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS(Continued)
because the methodologies employed do not necessitate significant judgment, and the pricing inputs are observed from actively quoted markets, as is the case for generic interest rate swaps, certain option contracts and certain credit default swaps. In the case of more established derivative products, the pricing models used by the Company are widely accepted by the financial services industry. A substantial majority of OTC derivative products valued by the Company using pricing models fall into this category and are categorized within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.
Other derivative products, including complex products that have become illiquid, require more judgment in the implementation of the valuation technique applied due to the complexity of the valuation assumptions and the reduced observability of inputs. This includes derivative interests in certain mortgage-related CDO securities, basket credit default swaps, CDO-squared positions (a CDO-squared is a special purpose vehicle that issues interests, or tranches, that are backed by tranches issued by other CDOs) and certain types of ABS credit default swaps where direct trading activity or quotes are unobservable. These instruments involve significant unobservable inputs and are categorized in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.
Derivative interests in complex mortgage-related CDOs and ABS credit default swaps, for which observability of external price data is extremely limited, are valued based on an evaluation of the market and model input parameters sourced from similar positions as indicated by primary and secondary market activity. Each position is evaluated independently taking into consideration the underlying collateral performance and pricing, behavior of the tranche under various cumulative loss and prepayment scenarios, deal structures (e.g., non-amortizing reference obligations, call features) and liquidity. While these factors may be supported by historical and actual external observations, the determination of their value as it relates to specific positions nevertheless requires significant judgment.
For basket credit default swaps and CDO-squared positions, the correlation input between reference credits is unobservable for each specific swap and is benchmarked to standardized proxy baskets for which correlation data are available. The other model inputs such as credit spread, interest rates and recovery rates are observable. In instances where the correlation input is deemed to be significant, these instruments are categorized in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.
The Company trades various derivative structures with commodity underlyings. Depending on the type of structure, the model inputs generally include interest rate yield curves, commodity underlier curves, implied volatility of the underlying commodities and, in some cases, the implied correlation between these inputs. The fair value of these products is estimated using executed trades and broker and consensus data to provide values for the aforementioned inputs. Where these inputs are unobservable, relationships to observable commodities and data points, based on historic and/or implied observations, are employed as a technique to estimate the model input values. Commodity derivatives are generally categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy; in instances where significant inputs are unobservable, they are categorized in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.
For further information on derivative instruments and hedging activities, see Note 9.
Investments.
| The Companys investments include direct private equity investments and investments in private equity funds, real estate funds and hedge funds. Initially, the transaction price is generally considered by the Company as the exit price and is the Companys best estimate of fair value. |
After initial recognition, in determining the fair value of internally and externally managed funds, the Company considers the net asset value of the fund provided by the fund manager to be the best estimate
21 |
MORGAN STANLEY
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS(Continued)
of fair value. For direct private equity investments and privately held investments within internally managed funds, fair value after initial recognition is based on an assessment of each underlying investment, considering rounds of financing and third-party transactions, discounted cash flow analyses and market-based information, including comparable company transactions, trading multiples and changes in market outlook, among other factors.
Investments in private equity and real estate funds are generally categorized in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. Investments in hedge funds that are redeemable at the measurement date or in the near future, are categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy; otherwise they are categorized in Level 3.
Physical Commodities.
| The Company trades various physical commodities, including crude oil and refined products, natural gas, base and precious metals and agricultural products. Fair value for physical commodities is determined using observable inputs, including broker quotations and published indices. Physical commodities are categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy. |
Securities Available for Sale.
| Securities available for sale primarily include U.S. government and agency securities. These securities are valued using quoted prices in active markets and, accordingly, are categorized in Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy (see Note 4). |
Commercial Paper and Other Short-term Borrowings/Long-Term Borrowings.
| Structured Notes. The Company issues structured notes that have coupons or repayment terms linked to the performance of debt or equity securities, indices, currencies or commodities. Fair value of structured notes is estimated using valuation models for the derivative and debt portions of the notes. These models incorporate observable inputs referencing identical or comparable securities, including prices that the notes are linked to, interest rate yield curves, option volatility, and currency, commodity or equity rates. Independent, external and traded prices for the notes are also considered. The impact of the Companys own credit spreads is also included based on the Companys observed secondary bond market spreads. Most structured notes are categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy. |
Deposits.
| Time Deposits. The fair value of certificates of deposit is estimated using third-party quotations. These deposits are generally categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy. |
The following fair value hierarchy tables present information about the Companys assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis at March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009. See Note 1 for a discussion of the Companys policies regarding this fair value hierarchy.
22 |
MORGAN STANLEY
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS(Continued)
Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis at March 31, 2010
Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1) |
Significant Observable Inputs (Level 2) |
Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) |
Counterparty and Cash Collateral Netting |
Balance at March 31, 2010 |
||||||||||||||||
(dollars in millions) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Assets |
||||||||||||||||||||
Financial instruments owned: |
||||||||||||||||||||
U.S. government and agency securities: |
||||||||||||||||||||
U.S. Treasury securities |
$ | 27,276 | $ | | $ | | $ | | $ | 27,276 | ||||||||||
U.S. agency securities |
11,105 | 30,892 | 1 | | 41,998 | |||||||||||||||
Total U.S. government and agency securities |
38,381 | 30,892 | 1 | | 69,274 | |||||||||||||||
Other sovereign government obligations |
25,186 | 6,075 | 80 | | 31,341 | |||||||||||||||
Corporate and other debt: |
||||||||||||||||||||
State and municipal securities |
| 4,637 | 398 | | 5,035 | |||||||||||||||
Residential mortgage-backed securities |
| 3,466 | 625 | | 4,091 | |||||||||||||||
Commercial mortgage-backed securities |
| 2,247 | 779 | | 3,026 | |||||||||||||||
Asset-backed securities |
| 2,729 | 149 | | 2,878 | |||||||||||||||
Corporate bonds |
| 39,677 | 1,145 | | 40,822 | |||||||||||||||
Collateralized debt obligations |
| 2,081 | 1,512 | | 3,593 | |||||||||||||||
Loans and lending commitments |
| 14,267 | 13,503 | | 27,770 | |||||||||||||||
Other debt |
| 1,056 | 1,921 | | 2,977 | |||||||||||||||
Total corporate and other debt |
| 70,160 | 20,032 | | 90,192 | |||||||||||||||
Corporate equities(1) |
62,328 | 4,727 | 536 | | 67,591 | |||||||||||||||
Derivatives and other contracts: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Interest rate contracts |
1,743 | 600,743 | 930 | | 603,416 | |||||||||||||||
Credit contracts |
| 105,339 | 19,815 | | 125,154 | |||||||||||||||
Foreign exchange rate contracts |
2 | 49,193 | 453 | | 49,648 | |||||||||||||||
Equity contracts |
2,725 | 33,945 | 587 | | 37,257 | |||||||||||||||
Commodity contracts |
6,778 | 65,397 | 1,729 | | 73,904 | |||||||||||||||
Other |
| 93 | 282 | | 375 | |||||||||||||||
Netting(2) |
(9,769 | ) | (752,856 | ) | (9,683 | ) | (69,540 | ) | (841,848 | ) | ||||||||||
Total derivatives and other contracts |
1,479 | 101,854 | 14,113 | (69,540 | ) | 47,906 | ||||||||||||||
Investments |
934 | 1,002 | 7,546 | | 9,482 | |||||||||||||||
Physical commodities |
| 4,898 | | | 4,898 | |||||||||||||||
Total financial instruments owned |
128,308 | 219,608 | 42,308 | (69,540 | ) | 320,684 | ||||||||||||||
Securities available for sale |
18,637 | | | | 18,637 | |||||||||||||||
Securities received as collateral |
16,011 | 880 | | | 16,891 | |||||||||||||||
Intangible assets(3) |
| | 175 | | 175 | |||||||||||||||
Liabilities |
||||||||||||||||||||
Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings |
$ | | $ | 1,220 | $ | 300 | $ | | $ | 1,520 | ||||||||||
Deposits |
| 4,774 | 15 | | 4,789 | |||||||||||||||
Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased: |
||||||||||||||||||||
U.S. government and agency securities: |
||||||||||||||||||||
U.S. Treasury securities |
23,636 | 1 | | | 23,637 | |||||||||||||||
U.S. agency securities |
2,486 | 97 | | | 2,583 | |||||||||||||||
Total U.S. government and agency securities |
26,122 | 98 | | | 26,220 | |||||||||||||||
Other sovereign government obligations |
20,068 | 2,686 | | | 22,754 | |||||||||||||||
Corporate and other debt: |
||||||||||||||||||||
State and municipal securities |
| 4 | | | 4 | |||||||||||||||
Commercial mortgage-backed securities |
| 69 | | | 69 | |||||||||||||||
Asset-backed securities |
| 52 | 4 | | 56 | |||||||||||||||
Corporate bonds |
| 7,972 | 17 | | 7,989 | |||||||||||||||
Unfunded lending commitments |
| 343 | 213 | | 556 | |||||||||||||||
Other debt |
| 652 | 317 | | 969 | |||||||||||||||
Total corporate and other debt |
| 9,092 | 551 | | 9,643 | |||||||||||||||
Corporate equities(1) |
27,717 | 1,679 | 13 | | 29,409 | |||||||||||||||
Derivatives and other contracts: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Interest rate contracts |
1,689 | 572,678 | 546 | | 574,913 | |||||||||||||||
Credit contracts |
| 95,200 | 11,863 | | 107,063 | |||||||||||||||
Foreign exchange rate contracts |
3 | 50,399 | 247 | | 50,649 | |||||||||||||||
Equity contracts |
2,524 | 40,932 | 1,288 | | 44,744 | |||||||||||||||
Commodity contracts |
7,636 | 63,918 | 1,639 | | 73,193 | |||||||||||||||
Other |
| 390 | 861 | | 1,251 | |||||||||||||||
Netting(2) |
(9,769 | ) | (752,856 | ) | (9,683 | ) | (41,728 | ) | (814,036 | ) | ||||||||||
Total derivative and other contracts |
2,083 | 70,661 | 6,761 | (41,728 | ) | 37,777 | ||||||||||||||
Physical commodities |
| 39 | | | 39 | |||||||||||||||
Total financial instruments sold, not yet purchased |
75,990 | 84,255 | 7,325 | (41,728 | ) | 125,842 | ||||||||||||||
Obligation to return securities received as collateral |
16,011 | 880 | | | 16,891 | |||||||||||||||
Other secured financings |
| 7,749 | 1,811 | | 9,560 | |||||||||||||||
Long-term borrowings |
| 31,645 | 6,728 | | 38,373 |
23 |
MORGAN STANLEY
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS(Continued)
(1) | The Company holds or sells short for trading purposes, equity securities issued by entities in diverse industries and of varying size. |
(2) | For positions with the same counterparty that cross over the levels of the fair value hierarchy, both counterparty netting and cash collateral netting are included in the column titled Counterparty and Cash Collateral Netting. For contracts with the same counterparty, counterparty netting among positions classified within the same level is included within that level. For further information on derivative instruments and hedging activities, see Note 9. |
(3) | Amount represents mortgage servicing rights (MSRs) accounted for at fair value. See Note 6 for further information on MSRs. |
Transfers Between Level 1 and Level 2 During the Quarter Ended March 31, 2010.
Financial instruments ownedDerivative and other contracts and Financial instruments sold, not yet purchasedDerivative and other contracts. During the quarter ended March 31, 2010, the Company reclassified approximately $1.3 billion of derivative assets and approximately $1.5 billion of derivative liabilities from Level 2 to Level 1 as these listed derivatives became actively traded and were valued based on quoted prices from the exchange.
Financial instruments ownedCorporate equities. During the quarter ended March 31, 2010, the Company reclassified approximately $1.0 billion of certain Corporate equities from Level 2 to Level 1 as transactions in these securities occurred with sufficient frequency and volume to constitute an active market.
24 |
MORGAN STANLEY
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS(Continued)
Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis at December 31, 2009
Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1) |
Significant Observable Inputs (Level 2) |
Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) |
Counterparty and Cash Collateral Netting |
Balance at December 31, 2009 | ||||||||||||
(dollars in millions) | ||||||||||||||||
Assets |
||||||||||||||||
Financial instruments owned: |
||||||||||||||||
U.S. government and agency securities: |
||||||||||||||||
U.S. Treasury securities |
$ | 15,394 | $ | | $ | | $ | | $ | 15,394 | ||||||
U.S. agency securities |
19,670 | 27,115 | 36 | | 46,821 | |||||||||||
Total U.S. government and agency securities |
35,064 | 27,115 | 36 | | 62,215 | |||||||||||
Other sovereign government obligations |
21,080 | 4,362 | 3 | | 25,445 | |||||||||||
Corporate and other debt: |
||||||||||||||||
State and municipal securities |
| 3,234 | 713 | | 3,947 | |||||||||||
Residential mortgage-backed securities |
| 4,285 | 818 | | 5,103 | |||||||||||
Commercial mortgage-backed securities |
| 2,930 | 1,573 | | 4,503 | |||||||||||
Asset-backed securities |
| 4,797 | 591 | | 5,388 | |||||||||||
Corporate bonds |
| 37,363 | 1,038 | | 38,401 | |||||||||||
Collateralized debt obligations |
| 1,539 | 1,553 | | 3,092 | |||||||||||
Loans and lending commitments |
| 13,759 | 12,506 | | 26,265 | |||||||||||
Other debt |
| 2,093 | 1,662 | | 3,755 | |||||||||||
Total corporate and other debt |
| 70,000 | 20,454 | | 90,454 | |||||||||||
Corporate equities(1) |
49,732 | 7,700 | 536 | | 57,968 | |||||||||||
Derivatives and other contracts(2) |
2,310 | 102,466 | 14,549 | (70,244 | ) | 49,081 | ||||||||||
Investments |
743 | 930 | 7,613 | | 9,286 | |||||||||||
Physical commodities |
| 5,329 | | | 5,329 | |||||||||||
Total financial instruments owned |
108,929 | 217,902 | 43,191 | (70,244 | ) | 299,778 | ||||||||||
Securities received as collateral |
12,778 | 855 | 23 | | 13,656 | |||||||||||
Intangible assets(3) |
| | 137 | | 137 | |||||||||||
Liabilities |
||||||||||||||||
Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings |
$ | | $ | 791 | $ | | $ | | $ | 791 | ||||||
Deposits |
| 4,943 | 24 | | 4,967 | |||||||||||
Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased: |
||||||||||||||||
U.S. government and agency securities: |
||||||||||||||||
U.S. Treasury securities |
17,907 | 1 | | | 17,908 | |||||||||||
U.S. agency securities |
2,573 | 22 | | | 2,595 | |||||||||||
Total U.S. government and agency securities |
20,480 | 23 | | | 20,503 | |||||||||||
Other sovereign government obligations |
16,747 | 1,497 | | | 18,244 | |||||||||||
Corporate and other debt: |
||||||||||||||||
State and municipal securities |
| 9 | | | 9 | |||||||||||
Commercial mortgage-backed securities |
| 8 | | | 8 | |||||||||||
Asset-backed securities |
| 63 | 4 | | 67 | |||||||||||
Corporate bonds |
| 5,812 | 29 | | 5,841 | |||||||||||
Collateralized debt obligations |
| | 3 | | 3 | |||||||||||
Unfunded lending commitments |
| 732 | 252 | | 984 | |||||||||||
Other debt |
| 483 | 431 | | 914 | |||||||||||
Total corporate and other debt |
| 7,107 | 719 | | 7,826 | |||||||||||
Corporate equities(1) |
18,125 | 4,472 | 4 | | 22,601 | |||||||||||
Derivative and other contracts(2) |
3,383 | 67,847 | 6,203 | (39,224 | ) | 38,209 | ||||||||||
Total financial instruments sold, not yet purchased |
58,735 | 80,946 | 6,926 | (39,224 | ) | 107,383 | ||||||||||
Obligation to return securities received as collateral |
12,778 | 855 | 23 | | 13,656 | |||||||||||
Other secured financings |
| 6,570 | 1,532 | | 8,102 | |||||||||||
Long-term borrowings |
| 30,745 | 6,865 | | 37,610 |
25 |
MORGAN STANLEY
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS(Continued)
(1) | The Company holds or sells short for trading purposes, equity securities issued by entities in diverse industries and of varying size. |
(2) | For positions with the same counterparty that cross over the levels of the fair value hierarchy, both counterparty netting and cash collateral netting are included in the column titled Counterparty and Cash Collateral Netting. For contracts with the same counterparty, counterparty netting among positions classified within the same level is included within that level. For further information on derivative instruments and hedging activities, see Note 9. |
(3) | Amount represents mortgage servicing rights (MSRs) accounted for at fair value. See Note 6 for further information on MSRs. |
The following tables present additional information about Level 3 assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis for the quarter ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Level 3 instruments may be hedged with instruments classified in Level 1 and Level 2. As a result, the realized and unrealized gains (losses) for assets and liabilities within the Level 3 category presented in the tables below do not reflect the related realized and unrealized gains (losses) on hedging instruments that have been classified by the Company within the Level 1 and/or Level 2 categories. Additionally, both observable and unobservable inputs may be used to determine the fair value of positions that the Company has classified within the Level 3 category. As a result, the unrealized gains (losses) during the period for assets and liabilities within the Level 3 category presented in the tables below may include changes in fair value during the period that were attributable to both observable (e.g., changes in market interest rates) and unobservable (e.g., changes in unobservable long-dated volatilities) inputs.
For assets and liabilities that were transferred into Level 3 during the period, gains (losses) are presented as if the assets or liabilities had been transferred into Level 3 at the beginning of the period; similarly, for assets and liabilities that were transferred out of Level 3 during the period, gains (losses) are presented as if the assets or liabilities had been transferred out at the beginning of the period.
26 |
MORGAN STANLEY
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS(Continued)
Changes in Level 3 Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2010
Beginning Balance at December 31, 2009 |
Total Realized and Unrealized Gains (Losses)(1) |
Purchases, Sales, Other Settlements and Issuances, net |
Net Transfers In and/or (Out) of Level 3 |
Ending Balance at March 31, 2010 |
Unrealized Gains (Losses) for Level 3 Assets/ Liabilities Outstanding at March 31, 2010(2) |
|||||||||||||||||||
(dollars in millions) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Assets |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Financial instruments owned: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
U.S. agency securities |
$ | 36 | $ | | $ | (35 | ) | $ | | $ | 1 | $ | | |||||||||||
Other sovereign government obligations |
3 | 2 | 76 | (1 | ) | 80 | 1 | |||||||||||||||||
Corporate and other debt: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
State and municipal securities |
713 | (18 | ) | (297 | ) | | 398 | 1 | ||||||||||||||||
Residential mortgage-backed securities |
818 | 24 | (220 | ) | 3 | 625 | 19 | |||||||||||||||||
Commercial mortgage-backed securities |
1,573 | 109 | (860 | ) | (43 | ) | 779 | 42 | ||||||||||||||||
Asset-backed securities |
591 | 1 | (440 | ) | (3 | ) | 149 | 10 | ||||||||||||||||
Corporate bonds |
1,038 | (55 | ) | 128 | 34 | 1,145 | (48 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Collateralized debt obligations |
1,553 | 133 | (171 | ) | (3 | ) | 1,512 | 121 | ||||||||||||||||
Loans and lending commitments |
12,506 | 155 | 572 | 270 | 13,503 | 143 | ||||||||||||||||||
Other debt |
1,662 | 252 | 8 | (1 | ) | 1,921 | 244 | |||||||||||||||||
Total corporate and other debt |
20,454 | 601 | (1,280 | ) | 257 | 20,032 | 532 | |||||||||||||||||
Corporate equities |
536 | 70 | (7 | ) | (63 | ) | 536 | 56 | ||||||||||||||||
Net derivatives and other contracts: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest rate contracts |
387 | 9 | 7 | (19 | ) | 384 | 1 | |||||||||||||||||
Credit contracts |
8,824 | (434 | ) | 96 | (534 | ) | 7,952 | (352 | ) | |||||||||||||||
Foreign exchange rate contracts |
254 | (285 | ) | 201 | 36 | 206 | (308 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Equity contracts |
(689 | ) | (96 | ) | 58 | 26 | (701 | ) | (88 | ) | ||||||||||||||
Commodity contracts |
7 | (25 | ) | 108 | | 90 | 83 | |||||||||||||||||
Other |
(437 | ) | (147 | ) | 4 | 1 | (579 | ) | (113 | ) | ||||||||||||||
Total net derivative and other contracts(3) |
8,346 | (978 | ) | 474 | (490 | ) | 7,352 | (777 | ) | |||||||||||||||
Investments |
7,613 | 56 | 19 | (142 | ) | 7,546 | 50 | |||||||||||||||||
Securities received as collateral |
23 | | (23 | ) | | | | |||||||||||||||||
Intangible assets |
137 | 38 | | | 175 | 30 | ||||||||||||||||||
Liabilities |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings |
$ | | $ | | $ | 300 | $ | | $ | 300 | $ | | ||||||||||||
Deposits |
24 | 1 | | (8 | ) | 15 | 1 | |||||||||||||||||
Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Corporate and other debt: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Asset-backed securities |
4 | | | | 4 | | ||||||||||||||||||
Corporate bonds |
29 | (42 | ) | (79 | ) | 25 | 17 | (36 | ) | |||||||||||||||
Collateralized debt obligations |
3 | | (3 | ) | | | | |||||||||||||||||
Unfunded lending commitments |
252 | (32 | ) | (71 | ) | | 213 | (29 | ) | |||||||||||||||
Other debt |
431 | 25 | (76 | ) | (13 | ) | 317 | 24 | ||||||||||||||||
Total corporate and other debt |
719 | (49 | ) | (229 | ) | 12 | 551 | (41 | ) | |||||||||||||||
Corporate equities |
4 | (1 | ) | 5 | 3 | 13 | | |||||||||||||||||
Obligation to return securities received as collateral |
23 | | (23 | ) | | | | |||||||||||||||||
Other secured financings |
1,532 | (104 | ) | 175 | | 1,811 | (104 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Long-term borrowings |
6,865 | 5 | 45 | (177 | ) | 6,728 | 5 |
(1) | Total realized and unrealized gains (losses) are primarily included in Principal transactionsTrading in the condensed consolidated statements of income except for $56 million related to Financial instruments ownedInvestments, which is included in Principal transactionsInvestments. |
27 |
MORGAN STANLEY
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS(Continued)
(2) | Amounts represent unrealized gains (losses) for the quarter ended March 31, 2010 related to assets and liabilities still outstanding at March 31, 2010. |
(3) | Net derivative and other contracts represent Financial instruments ownedDerivative and other contracts net of Financial instruments sold, not yet purchasedDerivative and other contracts. For further information on Derivative instruments and hedging activities, see Note 9. |
Financial instruments ownedCorporate and other debt. During the quarter ended March 31, 2010, the Company reclassified approximately $0.6 billion of certain Corporate and other debt, primarily corporate loans, from Level 3 to Level 2. The Company reclassified the corporate loans as external prices and/or spread inputs for these instruments became observable.
The Company also reclassified approximately $0.9 billion of certain Corporate and other debt from Level 2 to Level 3. The reclassifications were primarily related to corporate loans and were generally due to a reduction in market price quotations for these or comparable instruments, or a lack of available broker quotes, such that unobservable inputs had to be utilized for the fair value measurement of these instruments. The Company reclassified the corporate loans as external prices and/or spread inputs became unobservable.
Financial instruments ownedNet derivative and other contracts. The net losses in Net derivative and other contracts were primarily driven by tightening of credit spreads on underlying reference entities of bespoke basket credit default swaps.
28 |
MORGAN STANLEY
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS(Continued)
Changes in Level 3 Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2009
Beginning Balance at December 31, 2008 |
Total Realized and Unrealized Gains or (Losses)(1) |
Purchases, Sales, Other Settlements and Issuances, net |
Net Transfers In and/or (Out) of Level 3 |
Ending Balance at March 31, 2009 |
Unrealized Gains (Losses) for Level 3 Assets/ Liabilities Outstanding at March 31, 2009(2) |
|||||||||||||||||
(dollars in millions) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Assets |
||||||||||||||||||||||
Financial instruments owned: |
||||||||||||||||||||||
U.S. government and agency securities |
$ | 127 | $ | (1 | ) | $ | (86 | ) | $ | (23 | ) | $ | 17 | $ | | |||||||
Other sovereign government obligations |
1 | (1 | ) | (1 | ) | 3 | 2 | (2 | ) | |||||||||||||
Corporate and other debt |
34,918 | (3,314 | ) | 226 | (342 | ) | 31,488 | (3,501 | ) | |||||||||||||
Corporate equities |
976 | (95 | ) | (231 | ) | 296 | 946 | (95 | ) | |||||||||||||
Net derivative and other contracts(3) |
23,382 | 2,363 | 250 | (9,474 | ) | 16,521 | 3,132 | |||||||||||||||
Investments |
9,698 | (1,319 | ) | 510 | (55 | ) | 8,834 | (1,269 | ) | |||||||||||||
Securities received as collateral |
30 | | (27 | ) | | 3 | | |||||||||||||||
Intangible assets |
184 | (25 | ) | | | 159 | (25 | ) | ||||||||||||||
Liabilities |
||||||||||||||||||||||
Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased: |
||||||||||||||||||||||
Corporate and other debt |
$ | 3,808 | $ | (20 | ) | $ | 647 | $ | (2,525 | ) | $ | 1,950 | $ | (47 | ) | |||||||
Corporate equities |
27 | 20 | 44 | 23 | 74 | 4 | ||||||||||||||||
Obligation to return securities received as collateral |
30 | | (27 | ) | | 3 | | |||||||||||||||
Other secured financings |
6,148 | 1,053 | (542 | ) | (289 | ) | 4,264 | 1,053 | ||||||||||||||
Long-term borrowings |
5,473 | (129 | ) | 83 | (14 | ) | 5,671 | (129 | ) |
(1) | Total realized and unrealized gains (losses) are primarily included in Principal transactionsTrading in the condensed consolidated statements of income except for $(1,319) million related to Financial instruments ownedInvestments, which is included in Principal transactionsInvestments. |
(2) | Amounts represent unrealized gains (losses) for the quarter ended March 31, 2009 related to assets and liabilities still outstanding at March 31, 2009. |
(3) | Net derivative and other contracts represent Financial instruments ownedDerivative and other contracts net of Financial instruments sold, not yet purchasedDerivative and other contracts. For further information on derivative instruments and hedging activities, see Note 9. |
Financial instruments ownedCorporate and other debt. The net losses in Corporate and other debt were primarily driven by certain corporate loans and lending commitments, certain asset-backed securities, including residential and commercial mortgage loans, and certain commercial whole loans.
During the quarter ended March 31, 2009, the Company reclassified approximately $2.3 billion of certain Corporate and other debt from Level 2 to Level 3. The reclassifications were primarily related to asset-backed securities and certain corporate loans. The reclassifications were due to a reduction in market price quotations for these or comparable instruments, or a lack of available broker quotes, such that unobservable inputs had to be
29 |
MORGAN STANLEY
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS(Continued)
utilized for the fair value measurement of these instruments. These unobservable inputs include, depending upon the position, assumptions to establish comparability to bonds, loans or swaps with observable price/spread levels, default recovery rates, forecasted credit losses and prepayment rates.
During the quarter ended March 31, 2009, the Company reclassified approximately $2.7 billion of certain Corporate and other debt from Level 3 to Level 2. These reclassifications primarily related to commercial mortgage-backed securities, subprime CDO and other subprime ABS securities. Their fair value was highly correlated with similar instruments in an observable market and, due to market deterioration, unobservable inputs were no longer deemed significant. In addition, certain corporate loans were reclassified as more liquidity re-entered the market and external prices and spread inputs for these instruments became observable.
Financial instruments ownedNet derivative and other contracts. The net gains in Net derivative and other contracts were primarily driven by widening of credit spreads on underlying reference entities of single name credit default swaps.
During the quarter ended March 31, 2009, the Company reclassified approximately $9.6 billion of certain Derivatives and other contracts from Level 3 to Level 2. These reclassifications of certain Derivatives and other contracts were related to single name mortgage-related credit default swaps and credit default swaps on certain classes of CDOs. The primary reason for the reclassifications is that, due to market deterioration, unobservable inputs, such as correlation, for these derivative contracts were no longer deemed significant to the fair value measurement. In addition, certain corporate tranche-indexed credit default swaps were reclassified due to increased availability of transaction data, broker quotes and/or consensus pricing.
Financial instruments ownedInvestments. The net losses from investments were primarily related to investments associated with the Companys real estate products and private equity portfolio.
Financial instruments sold, not yet purchasedCorporate and other debt. During the quarter, the Company reclassified approximately $2.5 billion of certain Corporate and other debt from Level 3 to Level 2. These reclassifications primarily related to contracts referencing commercial mortgage-backed securities, subprime CDO and other subprime ABS securities. Their fair value was highly correlated with similar instruments in an observable market and, due to market deterioration, unobservable inputs were no longer deemed significant to the fair value measurement.
Other secured financings. The net gains in Other secured financings were primarily due to net gains on liabilities resulting from securitizations recognized on balance sheet. These net gains are offset by net losses in Financial instruments ownedCorporate and other debt.
30 |
MORGAN STANLEY
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS(Continued)
Fair Value of Investments that Calculate Net Asset Value.
The following table presents information about the Companys investments in private equity funds, real estate funds and hedge funds measured at fair value based on net asset value at March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively.
At March 31, 2010 | At December 31, 2009 | |||||||||||
Fair Value | Unfunded Commitment |
Fair Value | Unfunded Commitment | |||||||||
(dollars in millions) | ||||||||||||
Private equity funds |
$ | 1,814 | $ | 1,171 | $ | 1,728 | $ | 1,251 | ||||
Real estate funds |
930 | 547 | 823 | 674 | ||||||||
Hedge funds(1): |
||||||||||||
Long-short equity hedge funds |
1,137 | | 1,597 | | ||||||||
Fixed income/credit-related hedge funds |
403 | | 407 | | ||||||||
Event-driven hedge funds |
149 | | 146 | | ||||||||
Multi-strategy hedge funds |
188 | | 235 | | ||||||||
Total |
$ | 4,621 | $ | 1,718 | $ | 4,936 | $ | 1,925 | ||||
(1) | Fixed income/credit-related hedge funds, event-driven hedge funds, and multi-strategy hedge funds are redeemable at least on a quarterly basis with a notice period of ninety days or less. At March 31, 2010, approximately 48% of the fair value amount of long-short equity hedge funds is redeemable at least quarterly, 19% is redeemable every six months and 33% of these funds have a redemption frequency of greater than six months. At December 31, 2009, approximately 36% of the fair value amount of long-short equity hedge funds is redeemable at least quarterly, 15% is redeemable every six months and 49% of these funds have a redemption frequency of greater than six months. The notice period for long-short equity hedge funds is primarily ninety days or less. |
Private Equity Funds. Amount includes several private equity funds that pursue multiple strategies including leveraged buyouts, venture capital, infrastructure growth capital, distressed investments, and mezzanine capital. In addition, the funds may be structured with a focus on specific domestic or foreign geographic regions. These investments are generally not redeemable with the funds. Instead, the nature of the investments in this category is that distributions are received through the liquidation of the underlying assets of the fund. At March 31, 2010, it is estimated that 30% of the fair value of the funds will be liquidated in the next five years, another 30% of the fair value of the funds will be liquidated between five to ten years and the remaining 40% of the fair value of the funds have a remaining life of greater than ten years.
Real Estate Funds. Amount includes several real estate funds that invest in real estate assets such as commercial office buildings, retail properties, multi-family residential properties, developments, or hotels. In addition, the funds may be structured with a focus on specific geographic domestic or foreign regions. These investments are generally not redeemable with the funds. Distributions from each fund will be received as the underlying investments of the funds are liquidated. At March 31, 2010, it is estimated that 21% of fair value of the funds will be liquidated within the next five years, another 29% of the fair value of the funds will be liquidated between five to ten years and the remaining 50% of the fair value of the funds have a remaining life of greater than ten years.
Hedge Funds. Investments in hedge funds may be subject to initial period lock-up restrictions or gates. A hedge fund lock-up provision is a provision which provides that, during a certain initial period, an investor may not make a withdrawal from the fund. The purpose of a gate is to restrict the level of redemptions that an investor in a particular hedge fund can demand on any redemption date.
| Long-short Equity Hedge Funds. Amount includes investments in hedge funds that invest, long or short, in equities. Equity value and growth hedge funds purchase stocks perceived to be undervalued and sell |
31 |
MORGAN STANLEY
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS(Continued)
stocks perceived to be overvalued. Investments representing approximately 38% of the fair value of the investments in this category cannot be redeemed currently because the investments include certain initial period lock-up restrictions. The remaining restriction period for 41% of investments subject to lock-up restrictions ranged from one to three years at March 31, 2010. The remaining restriction period for the other 59% of investments subject to lock-up restrictions was estimated to be greater than three years at March 31, 2010. Investments representing approximately 33% of the fair value of the investments in long-short equity hedge funds cannot be redeemed currently because an exit restriction has been imposed by the hedge fund manager. The restriction period for 86% of investments subject to an exit restriction is expected to be less than a year at March 31, 2010. |
| Fixed Income/Credit-Related Hedge Funds. Amount includes investments in hedge funds that employ long-short, distressed or relative value strategies in order to benefit from investments in undervalued or over-valued securities that are primarily debt or credit related. At March 31, 2010, investments representing approximately 85% of the fair value of the investments in fixed income/credit-related hedge funds cannot be redeemed currently because the investments include certain initial period lock-up restrictions. The remaining restriction period for these investments was two years or less at March 31, 2010. |
| Event-Driven Hedge Funds. Amount includes investments in hedge funds that invest in event-driven situations such as mergers, hostile takeovers, reorganizations, or leveraged buyouts. This may involve the simultaneous purchase of stock in companies being acquired, and the sale of stock in its acquirer, hoping to profit from the spread between the current market price and the ultimate purchase price of the target company. At March 31, 2010, investments representing approximately 98% of the value of the investments in this category cannot be redeemed currently because the investments include certain initial period lock-up restrictions. The remaining restriction period for these investments was two years or less at March 31, 2010. |
| Multi-strategy Hedge Funds. Amount includes investments in hedge funds that pursue multiple strategies to realize short and long-term gains. Management of the hedge funds has the ability to overweight or underweight different strategies to best capitalize on current investment opportunities. At March 31, 2010, investments representing approximately 61% of the fair value of the investments in this category cannot be redeemed currently because the investments include certain initial period lock-up restrictions. The remaining restriction period for 58% of investments subject to lock-ups was two years or less at March 31, 2010. The remaining restriction period for the other 42% of investments subject to lock-up restrictions was estimated to be greater than three years at March 31, 2010. |
32 |
MORGAN STANLEY
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS(Continued)
Fair Value Option.
The Company elected the fair value option for certain eligible instruments that are risk managed on a fair value basis. The following tables present net gains (losses) due to changes in fair value for items measured at fair value pursuant to the fair value option election for the quarter ended March 31, 2010 and 2009.
Principal Transactions- Trading |
Interest Expense |
(Losses) Gains Included in Net Revenues |
||||||||||
(dollars in millions) | ||||||||||||
Three months ended March 31, 2010 |
||||||||||||
Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings |
$ | 13 | $ | | $ | 13 | ||||||
Deposits |
(25 | ) | (47 | ) | (72 | ) | ||||||
Long-term borrowings |
(366 | ) | (202 | ) | (568 | ) | ||||||
Three months ended March 31, 2009 |
||||||||||||
Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings |
$ | 84 | $ | | $ | 84 | ||||||
Deposits |
(87 | ) | (92 | ) | (179 | ) | ||||||
Long-term borrowings |
(1,405 | ) | (224 | ) | (1,629 | ) |
In addition to the amounts in the above table, as discussed in Note 1, all of the instruments within Financial instruments owned or Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased are measured at fair value, either through the election of the fair value option, or as required by other accounting guidance.
The following tables present information on the Companys short-term and long-term borrowings (including structured notes and junior subordinated debentures), loans and unfunded lending commitments for which the fair value option was elected:
Gains (Losses) Due to Changes in Instrument Specific Credit Spreads
Three Months Ended March 31, |
||||||||
2010 | 2009 | |||||||
(dollars in millions) | ||||||||
Short-term and long-term borrowings(1) |
$ | 53 | $ | (1,636 | ) | |||
Loans(2) |
316 | (349 | ) | |||||
Unfunded lending commitments(3) |
(21 | ) | 2 |
(1) | Gains (losses) were attributable to widening or (tightening), respectively, of the Companys credit spreads and were determined based upon observations of the Companys secondary bond market spreads. The remainder of changes in overall fair value of the short-term and long-term borrowings is attributable to changes in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates and movements in the reference price or index for structured notes. |
(2) | Instrument-specific credit gains or (losses) were determined by excluding the non-credit components of gains and losses, such as those due to changes in interest rates. |
(3) | Gains (losses) were generally determined based on the differential between estimated expected client and contractual yields at each respective period end. |
33 |
MORGAN STANLEY
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS(Continued)
Amount by Which Contractual Principal Amount Exceeds Fair Value
At March 31, 2010 |
At December 31, 2009 | |||||
(dollars in billions) | ||||||
Short-term and long-term debt borrowings(1) |
$ | 1.0 | $ | 1.9 | ||
Loans(2) |
23.6 | 24.4 | ||||
Loans 90 or more days past due in non-accrual status or both(2)(3) |
20.8 | 21.0 |
(1) | These amounts do not include structured notes where the repayment of the initial principal amount fluctuates based on changes in the reference price or index. |
(2) | The majority of this difference between principal and fair value amounts emanates from the Companys distressed debt trading business, which purchases distressed debt at amounts well below par. |
(3) | The aggregate fair value of loans that were in non-accrual status, which includes all loans 90 or more days past due, was $3.8 billion and $3.9 billion at March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively. The aggregate fair value of loans that were 90 or more days past due was $0.8 billion and $0.7 billion at March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively. |
Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Non-Recurring Basis.
Certain assets were measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis and are not included in the tables above. These assets may include loans, equity method investments, premises and equipment, intangible assets and real estate investments.
The following tables present, by caption on the condensed consolidated statement of financial condition, the fair value hierarchy for those assets measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis for which the Company recognized a non-recurring fair value adjustment for the quarter ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
Three Months Ended March 31, 2010.
Carrying Value at March 31, 2010 |
Fair Value Measurements Using: | Total Losses for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2010(1) |
||||||||||||||
Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1) |
Significant Observable Inputs (Level 2) |
Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) |
||||||||||||||
(dollars in millions) | ||||||||||||||||
Loans(2) |
$ | 634 | $ | | $ | | $ | 634 | $ | (3 | ) | |||||
Other investments(3) |
17 | | | 17 | (5 | ) | ||||||||||
Intangible assets(4) |
5 | | | 5 | (10 | ) | ||||||||||
Total |
$ | 656 | $ | | $ | | $ | 656 | $ | (18 | ) | |||||
(1) | Losses are recorded within Other expenses in the condensed consolidated statement of income except for fair value adjustments related to Loans and losses related to Other investments, which are included in Other revenues. |
(2) | Non-recurring change in fair value for loans held for investment were calculated based upon the fair value of the underlying collateral. The fair value of the collateral was determined using internal expected recovery models. |
(3) | Losses recorded were determined primarily using discounted cash flow models. |
(4) | Losses related to management contracts and were determined using discounted cash flow models. |
In addition to the losses included in the table above, the Company incurred a loss of approximately $932 million in connection with the planned disposition of Revel (see Note 1). The loss related to Premises, equipment and software costs and was included in discontinued operations (see Note 18). The fair value of Revel, net of estimated costs to sell, included in Premises, equipment and software costs was approximately $240 million at March 31, 2010 and was classified in Level 3. Fair value was determined using discounted cash flow models.
34 |
MORGAN STANLEY
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS(Continued)
There were no liabilities measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis during the quarter ended March 31, 2010.
Three Months Ended March 31, 2009.
Carrying Value at March 31, 2009 |
Fair Value Measurements Using: | Total Losses for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2009(1) |
||||||||||||||
Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1) |
Significant Observable Inputs (Level 2) |
Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) |
||||||||||||||
(dollars in millions) | ||||||||||||||||
Loans(2) |
$ | 386 | $ | | $ | | $ | 386 | $ | (98 | ) | |||||
Other investments(3) |
145 | | | 145 | (4 | ) | ||||||||||
Premises, equipment and software costs(3) |
8 | | | 8 | (5 | ) | ||||||||||
Total |
$ | 539 | $ | | $ | | $ | 539 | $ | (107 | ) | |||||
(1) | Losses are recorded within Other expenses in the condensed consolidated statement of income except for losses related to Loans and Other investments, which are included in Other revenues. |
(2) | Losses for loans held for investment were calculated based upon the fair value of the underlying collateral. The fair value of the collateral was determined using internal expected recovery models. |
(3) | Losses recorded were determined primarily using discounted cash flow models. |
In addition to the impairment losses mentioned in the table above, impairment losses of approximately $171 million (of which $40 million related to Other investments, $6 million related to Intangible assets, and $125 million related to Other assets) were included in discontinued operations related to Crescent (see Note 18). The carrying value of Crescent assets subject to impairment at March 31, 2009 was $265 million (of which $18 million related to Other investments, $21 million related to Intangible assets and $226 million related to Other assets) all of which were classified in Level 3. Fair values were generally determined using discounted cash flow models or third-party appraisals and valuations.
There were no liabilities measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis during the quarter ended March 31, 2009.
Financial Instruments Not Measured at Fair Value.
Some of the Companys financial instruments are not measured at fair value on a recurring basis but nevertheless are recorded at amounts that approximate fair value due to their liquid or short-term nature. Such financial assets and financial liabilities include: Cash and due from banks, Interest bearing deposits with banks, Cash deposited with clearing organizations or segregated under federal and other regulations or requirements, Federal funds sold and Securities purchased under agreements to resell, Securities borrowed, Securities sold under agreements to repurchase, Securities loaned, ReceivablesCustomers, ReceivablesBrokers, dealers and clearing organizations, PayablesCustomers, PayablesBrokers, dealers and clearing organizations, certain Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings, and certain Deposits.
The Companys long-term borrowings are recorded at amortized amounts unless elected under the fair value option or designated as a hedged item in a fair value hedge. For long-term borrowings not measured at fair value, the fair value of the Companys long-term borrowings was estimated using either quoted market prices or discounted cash flow analyses based on the Companys current borrowing rates for similar types of borrowing
35 |
MORGAN STANLEY
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS(Continued)
arrangements. At March 31, 2010, the carrying value of the Companys long-term borrowings not measured at fair value was approximately $1.3 billion higher than fair value. At December 31, 2009, the carrying value of the Companys long-term borrowings not measured at fair value was approximately $1.4 billion higher than fair value.
4. | Securities Available for Sale. |
In the first quarter of 2010, the Company purchased certain debt securities that are classified as AFS. The following table presents information about the Companys AFS securities:
At March 31, 2010 | ||||||||||||||||
Amortized Cost |
Gross Unrealized Gains |
Gross Unrealized Losses(1) |
Other-than- temporary Impairment |
Fair Value | ||||||||||||
(dollars in millions) | ||||||||||||||||
Debt securities available for sale: |
||||||||||||||||
U.S. government and agency securities |
$ | 18,671 | $ | | $ | 34 | $ | $ | 18,637 |
(1) | The unrealized losses are attributable to changes in interest rates since purchase. The Company does not intend to sell these securities or expect to be required to sell these securities prior to recovery of the amortized costs basis. In addition, the Company does not expect these securities to experience a credit loss given the explicit and implicit guarantee provided by the U.S. government. |
The table below presents the fair value of investments in debt securities available for sale that have been in an unrealized loss position for less than 12 months or for 12 months or longer at March 31, 2010:
Less than 12 months | 12 months or longer | Total | ||||||||||||||||
At March 31, 2010 |
Fair Value |
Gross Unrealized Losses |
Fair Value |
Gross Unrealized Losses |
Fair Value |
Gross Unrealized Losses | ||||||||||||
(dollars in millions) | ||||||||||||||||||
Debt securities available for sale: |
||||||||||||||||||
U.S. government and agency securities |
$ | 18,637 | $ | 34 | $ | | $ | | $ | 18,637 | $ | 34 |
The following table presents the amortized cost and fair value of debt securities available for sale by contractual maturity dates at March 31, 2010:
At March 31, 2010 |
Amortized Cost |
Fair Value |
Yield | ||||||
(dollars in millions) | |||||||||
U.S. government and agency securities: |
|||||||||
Due within 1 year |
$ | 1,807 | $ | 1,806 | 0.4 | % | |||
After 1 year but through 5 years |
16,864 | 16,831 | 1.2 | % | |||||
Total |
$ | 18,671 | $ | 18,637 | 1.1 | % | |||
5. | Collateralized Transactions. |
The Company pledges its financial instruments owned to collateralize repurchase agreements and other securities financings. Pledged financial instruments that can be sold or repledged by the secured party are identified as Financial instruments owned (pledged to various parties) in the condensed consolidated statements of financial
36 |
MORGAN STANLEY
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS(Continued)
condition. The carrying value and classification of financial instruments owned by the Company that have been loaned or pledged to counterparties where those counterparties do not have the right to sell or repledge the collateral were as follows:
At March 31, 2010 |
At December 31, 2009 | |||||
(dollars in millions) | ||||||
Financial instruments owned: |
||||||
U.S. government and agency securities |
$ | 16,395 | $ | 18,376 | ||
Other sovereign government obligations |
6,059 | 4,584 | ||||
Corporate and other debt |
10,482 | 13,111 | ||||
Corporate equities |
15,187 | 10,284 | ||||
Total |
$ | 48,123 | $ | 46,355 | ||
The Company enters into reverse repurchase agreements, repurchase agreements, securities borrowed and securities loaned transactions to, among other things, acquire securities to cover short positions and settle other securities obligations, to accommodate customers needs and to finance the Companys inventory positions. The Companys policy is generally to take possession of Securities purchased under agreements to resell. The Company also engages in securities financing transactions for customers through margin lending. Under these agreements and transactions, the Company either receives or provides collateral, including U.S. government and agency securities, other sovereign government obligations, corporate and other debt, and corporate equities. The Company receives collateral in the form of securities in connection with reverse repurchase agreements, securities borrowed and derivative transactions, and customer margin loans. In many cases, the Company is permitted to sell or repledge these securities held as collateral and use the securities to secure repurchase agreements, to enter into securities lending and derivative transactions or for delivery to counterparties to cover short positions. At March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, the fair value of financial instruments received as collateral where the Company is permitted to sell or repledge the securities was $507 billion and $429 billion, respectively, and the fair value of the portion that had been sold or repledged was $361 billion and $311 billion, respectively.
The Company additionally receives securities as collateral in connection with certain securities for securities transactions in which the Company is the lender. In instances where the Company is permitted to sell or repledge these securities, the Company reports the fair value of the collateral received and the related obligation to return the collateral in the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition. At March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, $17 billion and $14 billion, respectively, were reported as Securities received as collateral and an Obligation to return securities received as collateral in the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition. Collateral received in connection with these transactions that was subsequently repledged was approximately $16 billion and $13 billion at March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively.
The Company manages credit exposure arising from reverse repurchase agreements, repurchase agreements, securities borrowed and securities loaned transactions by, in appropriate circumstances, entering into master netting agreements and collateral arrangements with counterparties that provide the Company, in the event of a customer default, the right to liquidate collateral and the right to offset a counterpartys rights and obligations. The Company also monitors the fair value of the underlying securities as compared with the related receivable or payable, including accrued interest, and, as necessary, requests additional collateral to ensure such transactions are adequately collateralized. Where deemed appropriate, the Companys agreements with third parties specify its rights to request additional collateral. Customer receivables generated from margin lending activity are
37 |
MORGAN STANLEY
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS(Continued)
collateralized by customer-owned securities held by the Company. For these transactions, adherence to the Companys collateral policies significantly limits the Companys credit exposure in the event of customer default. The Company may request additional margin collateral from customers, if appropriate, and, if necessary, may sell securities that have not been paid for or purchase securities sold but not delivered from customers.
At March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, cash and securities deposited with clearing organizations or segregated under federal and other regulations or requirements were as follows:
March 31, 2010 |
December 31, 2009 | |||||
(dollars in millions) | ||||||
Cash deposited with clearing organizations or segregated under federal and other regulations or requirements |
$ | 22,367 | $ | 23,712 | ||
Securities(1) |
14,381 | 11,296 | ||||
Total |
$ | 36,748 | $ | 35,008 | ||
(1) | Securities deposited with clearing organizations or segregated under federal and other regulations or requirements are sourced from Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell and Financial instruments owned in the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition. |
Other secured financings include the liabilities related to transfers of financial assets that are accounted for as financings rather than sales, consolidated VIEs where the Company is deemed to be the primary beneficiary, and certain equity-linked notes and borrowings where in all instances these liabilities are payable solely from the cash flows of the related assets accounted for as Financial instruments owned (see Note 6).
6. | Variable Interest Entities and Securitization Activities. |
The Company is involved with various special purpose entities (SPEs) in the normal course of business. In most cases, these entities are deemed to be VIEs.
The Company applies accounting guidance for consolidation of VIEs to certain entities in which equity investors do not have the characteristics of a controlling financial interest or do not have sufficient equity at risk for the entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support from other parties. Entities that previously met the criteria as QSPEs that were not subject to consolidation prior to January 1, 2010 became subject to the consolidation requirements for VIEs on that date. Excluding entities subject to the Deferral (as defined in Note 1), effective January 1, 2010, the primary beneficiary of a VIE is the party that both (1) has the power to direct the activities of a VIE that most significantly affect the VIEs economic performance and (2) has an obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits that in either case could potentially be significant to the VIE. The Company consolidates entities of which it is the primary beneficiary.
The Companys variable interests in VIEs include debt and equity interests, commitments, guarantees, derivative instruments and certain fees. The Companys involvement with VIEs arises primarily from:
| Interests purchased in connection with market making and retained interests held as a result of securitization activities. |
| Guarantees issued and residual interests retained in connection with municipal bond securitizations. |
| Loans and investments made to VIEs that hold debt, equity, real estate or other assets. |
38 |
MORGAN STANLEY
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS(Continued)
| Derivatives entered into with VIEs. |
| Structuring of credit-linked notes (CLNs) or other asset-repackaged notes designed to meet the investment objectives of clients. |
| Other structured transactions designed to provide tax-efficient yields to the Company or its clients. |
The Company determines whether it is the primary beneficiary of a VIE upon its initial involvement with the VIE and reassesses whether it is the primary beneficiary on an ongoing basis as long as it has any continuing involvement with the VIE. This determination is based upon an analysis of the design of the VIE, including the VIEs structure and activities, the power to make significant economic decisions held by the Company and by other parties and the variable interests owned by the Company and other parties.
The power to make the most important decisions may take a number of different forms in different types of VIEs. The Company considers servicing or collateral management decisions as representing the power to make the most important economic decisions in transactions such as securitizations or collateral debt obligations.
For many transactions, such as CLNs and other asset-repackaged notes, there are no significant economic decisions made on an ongoing basis. In these cases, the Company focuses its analysis on decisions made prior to the initial closing of the transaction and at the termination of the transaction. Based upon factors, which include an analysis of the nature of the assets, the number of investors, the standardization of the legal documentation and the level of the continuing involvement by the Company, the Company concluded in most of these transactions that decisions made prior to the initial closing were shared between the Company and the initial investors. The Company focused its control decision on any right held by the Company or investors related to the termination of the VIE.
Except for consolidated VIEs included in other structured financings in the tables below, the Company accounts for the assets held by the entities primarily in Financial instruments owned and the liabilities of the entities as Other secured financings in the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition. The Company includes assets held by consolidated VIEs included in other structured financings in the tables below primarily in Receivables, Premises, equipment and software costs and Other assets and the liabilities primarily as Other liabilities and accrued expenses and Payables in the consolidated statements of financial condition. Except for consolidated VIEs included in other structured financings, the assets and liabilities are measured at fair value, with changes in fair value reflected in earnings.
The assets owned by many consolidated VIEs cannot be removed unilaterally by the Company and are not generally available to the Company. The related liabilities issued by many consolidated VIEs are non-recourse to the Company. In certain other consolidated VIEs, the Company has the unilateral right to remove assets or provides additional recourse through derivatives such as total return swaps, guarantees or other forms of involvement.
39 |
MORGAN STANLEY
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS(Continued)
The following tables present information at March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009 about VIEs that the Company consolidates. Consolidated VIE assets and liabilities are presented after intercompany eliminations and include assets financed on a non-recourse basis. As a result of the accounting guidance adopted on January 1, 2010, the Company consolidated a number of VIEs that had not previously been consolidated and de-consolidated a number of VIEs that had previously been consolidated at December 31, 2009.
At March 31, 2010 | |||||||||||||||
Mortgage and Asset-backed Securitizations |
Collateralized Debt Obligations |
Managed Real Estate Partnerships |
Other Structured Financings |
Other | |||||||||||
(dollars in millions) | |||||||||||||||
VIE assets |
$ | 4,668 | $ | 1,764 | $ | 1,757 | $ | 696 | $ | 1,844 | |||||
VIE liabilities |
$ | 3,827 | $ | 1,734 | $ | 139 | $ | 2,861 | $ | 851 |
At December 31, 2009 | ||||||||||||
Mortgage and Asset-backed Securitizations |
Credit and Real Estate |
Commodities Financing |
Other Structured Financings | |||||||||
(dollars in millions) | ||||||||||||
VIE assets |
$ | 2,715 | $ | 2,629 | $ | 1,509 | $ | 762 | ||||
VIE liabilities |
$ | 992 | $ | 687 | $ | 1,370 | $ | 73 |
In general, the Companys exposure to loss in consolidated VIEs is limited to losses that would be absorbed on the VIEs assets recognized in its financial statements, net of losses absorbed by third party holders of the VIEs liabilities. At March 31, 2010, managed real estate partnerships reflected non-controlling interests of $1,260 million. The Company also has additional maximum exposure to losses of approximately $1,115 million and $533 million at March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively. This additional exposure relates primarily to certain derivatives (e.g., credit derivatives in which the Company has sold unfunded protection in synthetic collateralized debt obligations, typically for the most senior tranche, in which the total protection sold by the VIE exceeds the amount of collateral held) and commitments, guarantees and other forms of involvement.
40 |
MORGAN STANLEY
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS(Continued)
The following table presents information about certain non-consolidated VIEs in which the Company had variable interests at March 31, 2010. Many of the VIEs included in this table met the QSPE requirements under previous accounting guidance. QSPEs were not included as non-consolidated VIEs in prior periods. The table includes all VIEs in which the Company has determined that its maximum exposure to loss is greater than specific thresholds or meets certain other criteria. The non-consolidated VIEs included in the March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009 tables are based on different criteria.
At March 31, 2010 | |||||||||||||||
Mortgage and Asset-backed Securitizations |
Collateralized Debt Obligations |
Municipal Tender Option Bonds |
Other Structured Financings |
Other | |||||||||||
(dollars in millions) | |||||||||||||||
VIE assets that the Company does not consolidate (unpaid principal balance)(1) |
$ | 114,592 | $ | 11,245 | $ | 6,729 | $ | 1,766 | $ | 7,443 | |||||
Maximum exposure to loss: |
|||||||||||||||
Debt and equity interests(2) |
$ | 7,827 | $ | 693 | $ | 85 | $ | 975 | $ | 2,739 | |||||
Derivatives and other contracts |
1,166 | 1,062 | | | 284 | ||||||||||
Commitments, guarantees and other |
| | 4,297 | 783 | 524 | ||||||||||
Total maximum exposure to loss |
$ | 8,993 | $ | 1,755 | $ | 4,382 | $ | 1,758 | $ | 3,547 | |||||
Carrying value of exposure to lossAssets: |
|||||||||||||||
Debt and equity interests(2) |
$ | 7,827 | $ | 693 | $ | 85 | $ | 802 | $ | 2,739 | |||||
Derivatives and other contracts |
892 | 784 | | | 128 | ||||||||||
Total carrying value of exposure to lossAssets |
$ | 8,719 | $ | 1,477 | $ | 85 | $ | 802 | $ | 2,867 | |||||
Carrying value of exposure to lossLiabilities: |
|||||||||||||||
Derivatives and other contracts |
$ | 274 | $ | 245 | $ | | $ | | $ | 45 | |||||
Commitments, guarantees and other |
| | 24 | 41 | 334 | ||||||||||
Total carrying value of exposure to lossLiabilities |
$ | 274 | $ | 245 | $ | 24 | $ | 41 | $ | 379 | |||||
(1) | Mortgage and asset-backed securitizations include VIE assets as follows: $42.3 billion of residential mortgages; $32.2 billion of commercial mortgages; $14.2 billion of U.S. agency collateralized mortgage obligations and $25.9 billion of other consumer or commercial loans. |
(2) | Mortgage and asset-backed securitizations include VIE debt and equity interests as follows: $1.2 billion of residential mortgages; $1.7 billion of commercial mortgages; $3.2 billion of U.S. agency collateralized mortgage obligations and $1.6 billion of other consumer or commercial loans. |
The Companys maximum exposure to loss often differs from the carrying value of the VIEs assets. The maximum exposure to loss is dependent on the nature of the Companys variable interest in the VIEs and is limited to the notional amounts of certain liquidity facilities, other credit support, total return swaps, written put options, and the fair value of certain other derivatives and investments the Company has made in the VIEs. Liabilities issued by VIEs generally are non-recourse to the Company. Where notional amounts are utilized in quantifying maximum exposure related to derivatives, such amounts do not reflect fair value write downs already recorded by the Company.
The Companys maximum exposure to loss does not include the offsetting benefit of any financial instruments that the Company may utilize to hedge these risks associated with the Companys variable interests. In addition, the Companys maximum exposure to loss is not reduced by the amount of collateral held as part of a transaction with the VIE or any party to the VIE directly against a specific exposure to loss.
41 |
MORGAN STANLEY
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS(Continued)
Securitization transactions generally involve VIEs. The Company owned additional securities issued by securitization SPEs for which the maximum exposure to loss is less than specific thresholds. These additional securities totaled $6.5 billion at March 31, 2010. These securities were either retained in connection with transfers of assets by the Company or acquired in connection with secondary market-making activities. Securities issued by securitization SPEs consist of $2.4 billion of securities backed primarily by residential mortgage loans, $0.4 billion of securities backed by U.S. agency collateralized mortgage obligations, $1.6 billion of securities backed by commercial mortgage loans, $1.3 billion of securities backed by collateralized debt obligations or collateralized loan obligations and $0.8 billion backed by other consumer loans, such as credit card receivables, automobile loans and student loans. The Companys primary risk exposure is limited to the securities issued by the SPE owned by the Company, with the risk highest on the most subordinate class of beneficial interests. These securities generally are included in Financial instruments ownedCorporate and other debt and are measured at fair value. The Company does not provide additional support in these transactions through contractual facilities, such as liquidity facilities, guarantees, or similar derivatives. The Companys maximum exposure to loss is equal to the fair value of the securities owned.
The following table presents information about the Companys non-consolidated VIEs at December 31, 2009 in which the Company had significant variable interests or served as the sponsor and had any variable interest as of that date. The non-consolidated VIEs included in the March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009 tables are based on different criteria.
At December 31, 2009 | ||||||||||||
Mortgage and Asset-backed Securitizations |
Credit and Real Estate |
Municipal Tender Option Bond Trusts |
Other Structured Financings | |||||||||
(dollars in millions) | ||||||||||||
VIE assets that the Company does not consolidate |
$ | 720 | $ | 11,848 | $ | 339 | $ | 5,775 | ||||
Maximum exposure to loss: |
||||||||||||
Debt and equity interests |
$ | 16 | $ | 2,330 | $ | 40 | $ | 861 | ||||
Derivatives and other contracts |
1 | 4,949 | | | ||||||||
Commitments, guarantees and other |
| 200 | 31 | 623 | ||||||||
Total maximum exposure to loss |
$ | 17 | $ | 7,479 | $ | 71 | $ | 1,484 | ||||
Carrying value of exposure to lossAssets: |
||||||||||||
Debt and equity interests |
$ | 16 | $ | 2,330 | $ | 40 | $ | 682 | ||||
Derivatives and other contracts |
1 | 2,382 | | | ||||||||
Total carrying value of exposure to lossAssets |
$ | 17 | $ | 4,712 | $ | 40 | $ | 682 | ||||
Carrying value of exposure to lossLiabilities: |
||||||||||||
Derivatives and other contracts |
$ | | $ | 484 | $ | | $ | | ||||
Commitments, guarantees and other |
| | | 45 | ||||||||
Total carrying value of exposure to lossLiabilities |
$ | | $ | 484 | $ | | $ | 45 | ||||
The Companys transactions with VIEs primarily includes securitizations, municipal tender option bond trusts, credit protection purchased through CLNs, collateralized loan and debt obligations, equity-linked notes, managed real estate partnerships and asset management investment funds. Such activities are described below.
Securitization Activities. In a securitization transaction, the Company transfers assets (generally commercial or residential mortgage loans or U.S. agency securities) to an SPE, sells to investors most of the beneficial interests,
42 |
MORGAN STANLEY
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS(Continued)
such as notes or certificates, issued by the SPE and in many cases retains other beneficial interests. In many securitization transactions involving commercial mortgage loans, the Company transfers a portion of the assets transferred to the SPE with unrelated parties transferring the remaining assets.
The purchase of the transferred assets by the SPE is financed through the sale of these interests. In some of these transactions, primarily involving residential mortgage loans in the U.S. and Europe and commercial mortgage loans in Europe, the Company serves as servicer for some or all of the transferred loans. In many securitizations, particularly involving residential mortgage loans, the Company also enters into derivative transactions, primarily interest rate swaps or interest rate caps, with the SPE.
In most of these transactions, the SPE met the criteria to be a QSPE under the accounting guidance effective prior to January 1, 2010 for the transfer and servicing of financial assets. The Company did not consolidate QSPEs if they met certain criteria regarding the types of assets and derivatives they held, the activities in which they engaged and the range of discretion they may have exercised in connection with the assets they held. SPEs that formerly met the criteria to be a QSPE are now subject to the same consolidation requirements as other VIEs.
The primary risk retained by the Company in connection with these transactions generally is limited to the beneficial interests issued by the SPE that are owned by the Company, with the risk highest on the most subordinate class of beneficial interests. These beneficial interests generally are included in Financial instruments ownedCorporate and other debt and are measured at fair value. The Company does not provide additional support in these transactions through contractual facilities, such as liquidity facilities, guarantees, or similar derivatives.
Although not obligated, the Company generally makes a market in the securities issued by SPEs in these transactions. As a market maker, the Company offers to buy these securities from, and sell these securities to, investors. Securities purchased through these market-making activities are not considered to be retained interests, although these beneficial interests generally are included in Financial instruments ownedCorporate and other debt and are measured at fair value.
The Company enters into derivatives, generally interest rate swaps and interest rate caps with a senior payment priority in many securitization transactions. The risks associated with these and similar derivatives with SPEs are essentially the same as similar derivatives with non-SPE counterparties and are managed as part of the Companys overall exposure.
See Note 9 for further information on derivative instruments and hedging activities.
Municipal Tender Option Bond Trusts. In a municipal tender option bond transaction, the Company, on behalf of a client, transfers a municipal bond to a trust. The trust issues short-term securities which the Company, as the remarketing agent, sells to investors. The client retains a residual interest. The short-term securities are supported by a liquidity facility pursuant to which the investors may put their short-term interests. In some programs, the Company provides this liquidity facility; in most programs, a third-party provider will provide such liquidity facility. The Company may purchase short-term securities in its role either as remarketing agent or liquidity provider. The client can generally terminate the transaction at any time. The liquidity provider can generally terminate the transaction upon the occurrence of certain events. When the transaction is terminated, the municipal bond is generally sold or returned to the client. Any losses suffered by the liquidity provider upon the sale of the bond are the responsibility of the client. This obligation generally is collateralized.
Credit Protection Purchased Through CLNs. In a CLN transaction, the Company transfers assets (generally high quality securities or money market investments) to an SPE, enters into a derivative transaction in which the
43 |
MORGAN STANLEY
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS(Continued)
SPE writes protection on an unrelated reference asset or group of assets through a credit default swap, a total return swap or similar instrument, and sells to investors the securities issued by the SPE. In some transactions, the Company may also enter into interest rate or currency swaps with the SPE. Upon the occurrence of a credit event related to the reference asset, the SPE will sell the collateral securities in order to make the payment to the Company. The Company is generally exposed to price changes on the collateral securities in the event of a credit event and subsequent sale. These transactions are designed to provide investors with exposure to certain credit risk on the reference asset. In some transactions, the assets and liabilities of the SPE are recognized in the Companys condensed consolidated financial statements. In other transactions, the transfer of the collateral securities is accounted for as a sale of assets and the SPE is not consolidated. The structure of the transaction determines the accounting treatment. CLNs are included in Other in the above VIE tables.
The derivatives in CLN transactions consist of total return swaps, credit default swaps or similar contracts in which the Company has purchased protection on a reference asset or group of assets. Payments by the SPE are collateralized. The risks associated with these and similar derivatives with SPEs are essentially the same as similar derivatives with non-SPE counterparties and are managed as part of the Companys overall exposure.
Other Structured Financings. The Company primarily invests in equity interests issued by entities that develop and own low income communities (including low income housing projects) and entities that construct and own facilities that will generate energy from renewable resources. The equity interests entitle the Company to its share of tax credits and tax losses generated by these projects. In addition, the Company has issued guarantees to investors in certain low-income housing funds. The guarantees are designed to return an investors contribution to a fund and the investors share of tax losses and tax credits expected to be generated by the fund. The Company is also involved with entities designed to provide tax-efficient yields to the Company or its clients.
Collateralized Loan and Debt Obligations. A collateralized loan obligation (CLO) or a CDO is an SPE that purchases a pool of assets, consisting of corporate loans, corporate bonds, asset-backed securities or synthetic exposures on similar assets through derivatives and issues multiple tranches of debt and equity securities to investors. In the Asset Management business segment, the Company manages CLOs with assets of $1.7 billion at March 31, 2010, and receives a management fee for these services. The Companys maximum exposure to loss on these managed CLOs was immaterial at March 31, 2010. The Company consolidates these CLOs. The Companys maximum exposure to loss on other CLOs and CDOs not managed by the Company is $3.1 billion at March 31, 2010.
Equity-Linked Notes. In an equity-linked note transaction included in the tables above, the Company typically transfers to an SPE either (1) a note issued by the Company, the payments on which are linked to the performance of a specific equity security, equity index or other index or (2) debt securities issued by other companies and a derivative contract, the terms of which will relate to the performance of a specific equity security, equity index or other index. These transactions are designed to provide investors with exposure to certain risks related to the specific equity security, equity index or other index. Equity-linked notes are included in Other in the above VIE tables.
Managed Real Estate Partnerships. The Company sponsors funds that invest in real estate assets. Certain of these funds are classified as VIEs primarily because the Company has provided financial support through lending facilities and other means. The Company also serves as the general partner for these funds and owns limited partnership interests in them. These funds are consolidated at March 31, 2010.
Asset Management Investment Funds. The tables above do not include certain investments made by the Company held by entities qualifying for accounting purposes as investment companies.
44 |
MORGAN STANLEY
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS(Continued)
Transfers of Assets with Continuing Involvement.
The following table presents information at March 31, 2010 regarding transactions with SPEs in which the Company, acting as principal, transferred assets with continuing involvement and received sales treatment. The transferees in most of these transactions formerly met the criteria for QSPEs.
At March 31, 2010 | ||||||||||||
Residential Mortgage Loans |
Commercial Mortgage Loans |
U.S. Agency Collateralized Mortgage Obligations |
Credit- Linked Notes and Other | |||||||||
(dollars in millions) | ||||||||||||
SPE assets (unpaid principal balance)(1) |
$ | 55,702 | $ | 90,063 | $ | 2,075 | $ | 8,167 | ||||
Retained interests (fair value): |
||||||||||||
Investment grade |
$ | 162 | $ | 122 | $ | 1,415 | $ | | ||||
Non-investment grade |
109 | 489 | | 2,329 | ||||||||
Total retained interests (fair value) |
$ | 271 | $ | 611 | $ | 1,415 | $ | 2,329 | ||||
Interests purchased in the secondary market (fair value): |
||||||||||||
Investment grade |
$ | 50 | $ | 233 | $ | 6 | $ | | ||||
Non-investment grade |
85 | 22 | | 52 | ||||||||
Total interests purchased in the secondary market (fair value) |
$ | 135 | $ | 255 | $ | 6 | $ | 52 | ||||
Derivative assets (fair value) |
$ | 263 | $ | 887 | $ | | $ | 942 | ||||
Derivative liabilities (fair value) |
$ | 137 | $ | 1 | $ | | $ | 336 |
(1) | Amounts include assets transferred by unrelated transferors. |
At March 31, 2010 | ||||||||||||
Level 1 | Level 2 | Level 3 | Total | |||||||||
(dollars in millions) | ||||||||||||
Retained interests (fair value): |
||||||||||||
Investment grade |
$ | | $ | 1,535 | $ | 164 | $ | 1,699 | ||||
Non-investment grade |
| 156 | 2,771 | 2,927 | ||||||||
Total retained interests (fair value) |
$ | | $ | 1,691 | $ | 2,935 | $ | 4,626 | ||||
Interests purchased in the secondary market (fair value): |
||||||||||||
Investment grade |
$ | | $ | 209 | $ | 80 | $ | 289 | ||||
Non-investment grade |
| 148 | 11 | 159 | ||||||||
Total interests purchased in the secondary market (fair value) |
$ | | $ | 357 | $ | 91 | $ | 448 | ||||
Derivative assets (fair value) |
$ | | $ | 851 | $ | 1,241 | $ | 2,092 | ||||
Derivative liabilities (fair value) |
$ | | $ | 19 | $ | 455 | $ | 474 |
Transferred assets are carried at fair value prior to securitization, and any changes in fair value are recognized in the condensed consolidated statements of income. The Company may act as underwriter of the beneficial interests issued by securitization vehicles. Investment banking underwriting net revenues are recognized in connection with these transactions. The Company may retain interests in the securitized financial assets as one or more tranches of the securitization. These retained interests are included in the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition at fair value. Any changes in the fair value of such retained interests are recognized in the condensed consolidated statements of income.
45 |
MORGAN STANLEY
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS(Continued)
Net gains at the time of securitization were not material in the three months ended March 31, 2010.
During the three months ended March 31, 2010, the Company received proceeds from new securitization transactions of $5 billion. During the three months ended March 31, 2010, the Company received proceeds from cash flows from retained interests in securitization transactions of $1.2 billion.
The Company provides representations and warranties that certain assets transferred in securitization transactions conform to specific guidelines (see Note 10).
Failed Sales.
In order to be treated as a sale of assets for accounting purposes, a transaction must meet all of the criteria stipulated in the accounting guidance for the transfer of financial assets. If the transfer fails to meet these criteria, that transfer is treated as a failed sale. In such case, the Company continues to recognize the assets in Financial instruments owned and the Company recognizes the associated liabilities in Other secured financings in the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition.
The assets transferred to many unconsolidated VIEs in transactions accounted for as failed sales cannot be removed unilaterally by the Company and are not generally available to the Company. The related liabilities issued by many unconsolidated VIEs are non-recourse to the Company. In certain other failed sale transactions, the Company has the unilateral right to remove assets or provides additional recourse through derivatives such as total return swaps, guarantees or other forms of involvement.
The following tables present information about transfers of assets treated by the Company as secured financings at March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009:
At March 31, 2010 | |||||||||
Commercial Mortgage Loans |
Credit- Linked Notes |
Other | |||||||
(dollars in millions) | |||||||||
Assets |
|||||||||
Unpaid principal amount |
$ | 110 | $ | 1,063 | $ | 215 | |||
Fair value |
104 | 660 | 214 | ||||||
Other secured financings |
|||||||||
Unpaid principal amount |
66 | 1,037 | 215 | ||||||
Fair value |
66 | 658 | 214 |
At December 31, 2009 | ||||||||||||
Residential Mortgage Loans |
Commercial Mortgage Loans |
Credit- Linked Notes |
Other | |||||||||
(dollars in millions) | ||||||||||||
Assets |
||||||||||||
Unpaid principal amount |
$ | 376 | $ | 324 | $ | 1,059 | $ | 1,332 | ||||
Fair value |
151 | 291 | 1,012 | 1,294 | ||||||||
Other secured financings |
||||||||||||
Unpaid principal amount |
267 | 271 | 1,025 | 1,332 | ||||||||
Fair value |
138 | 269 | 978 | 1,294 |
46 |
MORGAN STANLEY
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS(Continued)
Mortgage Servicing Activities.
Mortgage Servicing Rights. The Company may retain servicing rights to certain mortgage loans that are sold through its securitization activities. These transactions create an asset referred to as MSRs, which totaled approximately $175 million and $137 million as of March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively, and are included within Intangible assets and carried at fair value in the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition.
SPE Mortgage Servicing Activities. The Company services residential mortgage loans in the U.S. and Europe and commercial mortgage loans in Europe owned by SPEs, including SPEs sponsored by the Company and SPEs not sponsored by the Company. The Company generally holds retained interests in Company-sponsored SPEs. In some cases, as part of its market making activities, the Company may own some beneficial interests issued by both Company-sponsored and non-Company sponsored SPEs.
The Company provides no credit support as part of its servicing activities. The Company is required to make servicing advances to the extent that it believes that such advances will be reimbursed. Reimbursement of servicing advances is a senior obligation of the SPE, senior to the most senior beneficial interests outstanding. Outstanding advances are included in Other assets and are recorded at cost. Advances at March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009 totaled approximately $2.2 billion net of reserves of $17 million and $23 million at March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively.
The following tables present information about the Companys mortgage servicing activities for SPEs to which the Company transferred loans as of March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009:
At March 31, 2010 | |||||||||||||||
Residential Mortgage Unconsolidated SPEs |
Residential Mortgage Consolidated SPEs |
Commercial Mortgage Unconsolidated SPEs |
Commercial Mortgage Consolidated SPEs |
||||||||||||
(dollars in millions) | |||||||||||||||
Assets serviced (unpaid principal balance) |
$ | 15,917 | $ | 3,044 | $ | 7,946 | $ | 2,217 | |||||||
Amounts past due 90 days or greater (unpaid principal balance)(1) |
$ | 6,476 | $ | 1,001 | $ | | $ | 6 | |||||||
Percentage of amounts past due 90 days or greater(1) |
40.7 | % |
32.9 | % |
| 0.3 | % | ||||||||
Credit losses |
$ | 403 | $ | 26 | $ | | $ | |
(1) | Includes loans that are at least 90 days contractually delinquent, loans for which the borrower has filed for bankruptcy, loans in foreclosure and real estate owned. |
At December 31, 2009 | |||||||||||
Residential Mortgage QSPEs |
Residential Mortgage Failed Sales |
Commercial Mortgage QSPEs | |||||||||
(dollars in millions) | |||||||||||
Assets serviced (unpaid principal balance) |
$ | 18,902 | $ | 1,110 | $ | 10,901 | |||||
Amounts past due 90 days or greater (unpaid principal balance)(1) |
$ | 7,297 | $ | 408 | $ | 5 | |||||
Percentage of amounts past due 90 days or greater(1) |
38.6 | % | 36.8 | % | |
(1) | Includes loans that are at least 90 days contractually delinquent, loans for which the borrower has filed for bankruptcy, loans in foreclosure and real estate owned. |
47 |
MORGAN STANLEY
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS(Continued)
The Company also serviced residential and commercial mortgage loans for SPEs sponsored by unrelated parties with unpaid principal balances totaling $19 billion and $20 billion at March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively.
7. Goodwill and Net Intangible Assets.
The Company tests goodwill for impairment on an annual basis and on an interim basis when certain events or circumstances exist. The Company tests for impairment at the reporting unit level, which is generally one level below its business segments. Goodwill impairment is determined by comparing the estimated fair value of a reporting unit with its respective book value. If the estimated fair value exceeds the book value, goodwill at the reporting unit level is not deemed to be impaired. If the estimated fair value is below book value, however, further analysis is required to determine the amount of the impairment.
The estimated fair values of the reporting units are generally determined utilizing methodologies that incorporate price-to-book, price-to-earnings and assets under management multiples of certain comparable companies.
The Company completed its annual goodwill impairment testing at July 1, 2009, which did not result in any goodwill impairment.
Goodwill.
Changes in the carrying amount of the Companys goodwill, net of accumulated impairment losses for the quarter ended March 31, 2010 were as follows:
Institutional Securities |
Global Wealth Management Group |
Asset Management |
Total | ||||||||||
(dollars in millions) | |||||||||||||
Goodwill at December 31, 2009 |
$ | 373 | $ | 5,618 | $ | 1,171 | $ | 7,162 | |||||
Foreign currency translation adjustments and other |
9 | (2 | ) | | 7 | ||||||||
Goodwill at March 31, 2010(1)(2) |
$ | 382 | $ | 5,616 | $ | 1,171 | $ | 7,169 | |||||
(1) | The Asset Management business segment amounts at March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009 included approximately $404 million related to Retail Asset Management. |
(2) | The amount of the Companys goodwill before accumulated impairments of $673 million at March 31, 2010 was $7,842 million. |
48 |
MORGAN STANLEY
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS(Continued)
Net Intangible Assets.
Changes in the carrying amount of the Companys intangible assets for the quarter ended March 31, 2010 were as follows:
Institutional Securities |
Global Wealth Management Group |
Asset Management |
Total | |||||||||||||
(dollars in millions) | ||||||||||||||||
Amortizable net intangible assets at December 31, 2009 |
$ | 161 | $ | 4,292 | $ | 184 | $ | 4,637 | ||||||||
Mortgage servicing rights (see Note 6) |
135 | 2 | | 137 | ||||||||||||
Indefinite-lived intangible assets |
| 280 | | 280 | ||||||||||||
Net intangible assets at December 31, 2009 |
$ | 296 | $ | 4,574 | $ | 184 | $ | 5,054 | ||||||||
Amortizable net intangible assets at December 31, 2009 |
$ | 161 | $ | 4,292 | $ | 184 | $ | 4,637 | ||||||||
Foreign currency translation adjustments and other |
5 | 1 | | 6 | ||||||||||||
Amortization expense |
(4 | ) | (83 | ) | (3 | ) | (90 | ) | ||||||||
Impairment losses |
| | (10 | ) | (10 | ) | ||||||||||
Amortizable net intangible assets at March 31, 2010 |
162 | 4,210 | 171 | 4,543 | ||||||||||||
Mortgage servicing rights (see Note 6) |
172 | 3 | | 175 | ||||||||||||
Indefinite-lived intangible assets |
| 280 | | 280 | ||||||||||||
Net intangible assets at March 31, 2010 |
$ | 334 | $ | 4,493 | $ | 171 | $ | 4,998 | ||||||||
The Companys long-term borrowings included the following components:
At March 31, 2010 |
At December 31, 2009 | |||||
(dollars in millions) | ||||||
Senior debt |
$ | 174,619 | $ | 178,797 | ||
Subordinated debt |
4,030 | 3,983 | ||||
Junior subordinated debentures |
10,554 | 10,594 | ||||
Total |
$ | 189,203 | $ | 193,374 | ||
During the quarter ended March 31, 2010, the Company issued notes with a principal amount of approximately $8 billion representing senior unsecured notes that were not guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC). The amount included non-U.S. dollar currency notes aggregating approximately $1 billion. During the quarter ended March 31, 2010, approximately $10 billion of notes were repaid.
The weighted average maturity of the Companys long-term borrowings, based upon stated maturity dates, was approximately 5.7 years and 5.6 years at March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively.
FDICs Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program (TLGP).
At March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, the Company had long-term debt outstanding of $23.8 billion under the TLGP. These borrowings are senior unsecured debt obligations of the Company and guaranteed by the FDIC under the TLGP. The FDIC has concluded that the guarantee is backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government.
49 |
MORGAN STANLEY
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS(Continued)
9. Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities.
The Company trades, makes markets and takes proprietary positions globally in listed futures, OTC swaps, forwards, options and other derivatives referencing, among other things, interest rates, currencies, investment grade and non-investment grade corporate credits, loans, bonds, U.S. and other sovereign securities, emerging market bonds and loans, credit indices, asset-backed security indices, property indices, mortgage-related and other asset-backed securities and real estate loan products. The Company uses these instruments for trading, foreign currency exposure management, and asset and liability management.
The Company manages its trading positions by employing a variety of risk mitigation strategies. These strategies include diversification of risk exposures and hedging. Hedging activities consist of the purchase or sale of positions in related securities and financial instruments, including a variety of derivative products (e.g., futures, forwards, swaps and options). The Company manages the market risk associated with its trading activities on a Company-wide basis, on a worldwide trading division level and on an individual product basis.
The Company incurs credit risk as a dealer in OTC derivatives. Credit risk with respect to derivative instruments arises from the failure of a counterparty to perform according to the terms of the contract. The Companys exposure to credit risk at any point in time is represented by the fair value of the derivative contracts reported as assets. The fair value of a derivative represents the amount at which the derivative could be exchanged in an orderly transaction between market participants, and is further described in Notes 1 and 3.
In connection with its derivative activities, the Company generally enters into master netting agreements and collateral arrangements with counterparties. These agreements provide the Company with the ability to offset a counterpartys rights and obligations, request additional collateral when necessary or liquidate the collateral in the event of counterparty default.
The tables below present a summary by counterparty credit rating and remaining contract maturity of the fair value of OTC derivatives in a gain position at March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively. Fair value is presented in the final column net of collateral received (principally cash and U.S. government and agency securities):
OTC Derivative ProductsFinancial Instruments Owned at March 31, 2010(1)
Years to Maturity | Cross-Maturity and Cash Collateral Netting(3) |
Net Exposure Post-Cash Collateral |
Net Exposure Post- Collateral | |||||||||||||||||||
Credit Rating(2) |
Less than 1 | 1-3 | 3-5 | Over 5 | ||||||||||||||||||
(dollars in millions) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
AAA |
$ | 534 | $ | 1,952 | $ | 3,287 | $ | 9,769 | $ | (6,753 | ) | $ | 8,789 | $ | 8,443 | |||||||
AA |
5,635 | 6,953 | 7,101 | 16,481 | (26,290 | ) | 9,880 | 8,010 | ||||||||||||||
A |
9,111 | 8,809 | 7,102 | 25,507 | (39,564 | ) | 10,965 | 9,800 | ||||||||||||||
BBB |
3,404 | 3,990 | 2,347 | 7,501 | (9,623 | ) | 7,619 | 5,547 | ||||||||||||||
Non-investment grade |
2,488 | 3,067 | 1,710 | 4,516 | (3,983 | ) | 7,798 | 6,233 | ||||||||||||||
Total |
$ | 21,172 | $ | 24,771 | $ | 21,547 | $ | 63,774 | $ | (86,213 | ) | $ | 45,051 | $ | 38,033 | |||||||
(1) | Fair values shown represent the Companys net exposure to counterparties related to the Companys OTC derivative products. The table does not include listed derivatives and the effect of any related hedges utilized by the Company. The table also excludes fair values corresponding to other credit exposures, such as those arising from the Companys lending activities. |
(2) | Obligor credit ratings are determined by the Companys Credit Risk Management Department using methodologies generally consistent with those employed by external rating agencies. |
50 |
MORGAN STANLEY
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS(Continued)
(3) | Amounts represent the netting of receivable balances with payable balances for the same counterparty across maturity categories. Receivable and payable balances with the same counterparty in the same maturity category are netted within such maturity category, where appropriate. Cash collateral received is netted on a counterparty basis, provided legal right of offset exists. |
OTC Derivative ProductsFinancial Instruments Owned at December 31, 2009(1)
Years to Maturity | Cross-Maturity and Cash Collateral Netting(3) |
Net Exposure Post-Cash Collateral |
Net Exposure Post- Collateral | |||||||||||||||||||
Credit Rating(2) |
Less than 1 | 1-3 | 3-5 | Over 5 | ||||||||||||||||||
(dollars in millions) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
AAA |
$ | 852 | $ | 2,026 | $ | 3,876 | $ | 9,331 | $ | (6,616 | ) | $ | 9,469 | $ | 9,082 | |||||||
AA |
6,469 | 7,855 | 6,600 | 15,071 | (25,576 | ) | 10,419 | 8,614 | ||||||||||||||
A |
8,018 | 10,712 | 7,990 | 22,739 | (38,971 | ) | 10,488 | 9,252 | ||||||||||||||
BBB |
3,032 | 4,193 | 2,947 | 7,524 | (8,971 | ) | 8,725 | 5,902 | ||||||||||||||
Non-investment grade |
2,773 | 3,331 | 2,113 | 4,431 | (4,534 | ) | 8,114 | 6,525 | ||||||||||||||
Total |
$ | 21,144 | $ | 28,117 | $ | 23,526 | $ | 59,096 | $ | (84,668 | ) | $ | 47,215 | $ | 39,375 | |||||||
(1) | Fair values shown represent the Companys net exposure to counterparties related to the Companys OTC derivative products. The table does not include listed derivatives and the effect of any related hedges utilized by the Company. The table also excludes fair values corresponding to other credit exposures, such as those arising from the Companys lending activities. |
(2) | Obligor credit ratings are determined by the Companys Credit Risk Management Department using methodologies generally consistent with those employed by external rating agencies. |
(3) | Amounts represent the netting of receivable balances with payable balances for the same counterparty across maturity categories. Receivable and payable balances with the same counterparty in the same maturity category are netted within such maturity category, where appropriate. Cash collateral received is netted on a counterparty basis, provided legal right of offset exists. |
Hedge Accounting.
The Company applies hedge accounting using various derivative financial instruments and non-U.S. dollar-denominated debt used to hedge interest rate and foreign exchange risk arising from assets and liabilities not held at fair value as part of asset and liability management and foreign currency exposure management.
The Companys hedges are designated and qualify for accounting purposes as one of the following types of hedges: hedges of changes in fair value of assets and liabilities due to the risk being hedged (fair value hedges) and hedges of net investments in foreign operations whose functional currency is different from the reporting currency of the parent company (net investment hedges).
For all hedges where hedge accounting is being applied, effectiveness testing and other procedures to ensure the ongoing validity of the hedges are performed at least monthly.
Fair Value HedgesInterest Rate Risk. The Companys designated fair value hedges consisted primarily of interest rate swaps designated as fair value hedges of changes in the benchmark interest rate of fixed rate senior long-term borrowings. The Company uses regression analysis to perform an ongoing prospective and retrospective assessment of the effectiveness of these hedging relationships (i.e., the Company applies the long-haul method of hedge accounting). A hedging relationship is deemed effective if the fair values of the hedging instrument (derivative) and the hedged item (debt liability) change inversely within a range of 80% to 125%. The Company considers the impact of valuation adjustments related to the Companys own credit spreads and counterparty credit spreads to determine whether they would cause the hedging relationship to be ineffective.
51 |
MORGAN STANLEY
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS(Continued)
For qualifying fair value hedges of benchmark interest rates, the changes in the fair value of the derivative and the changes in the fair value of the hedged liability provide offset of one another and, together with any resulting ineffectiveness, are recorded in Interest expense. When a derivative is de-designated as a hedge, any basis adjustment remaining on the hedged liability is amortized to Interest expense over the remaining life of the liability using the effective interest method.
Net Investment Hedges. The Company may utilize forward foreign exchange contracts and non-U.S. dollar-denominated debt to manage the currency exposure relating to its net investments in non-U.S. dollar functional currency operations. No hedge ineffectiveness is recognized in earnings since the notional amounts of the hedging instruments equal the portion of the investments being hedged, and, where forward contracts are used, the currencies being exchanged are the functional currencies of the parent and investee; where debt instruments are used as hedges, they are denominated in the functional currency of the investee. The gain or loss from revaluing hedges of net investments in foreign operations at the spot rate is deferred and reported within Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in Equity, net of tax effects. The forward points on the hedging instruments are recorded in Interest income.
The following tables summarize the fair value of derivative instruments designated as accounting hedges and the fair value of derivative instruments not designated as accounting hedges by type of derivative contract on a gross basis at March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009. Fair values of derivative contracts in an asset position are included in Financial instruments ownedDerivative and other contracts. Fair values of derivative contracts in a liability position are reflected in Financial instruments sold, not yet purchasedDerivative and other contracts.
Assets at March 31, 2010 | Liabilities at March 31, 2010 | |||||||||||||
Fair Value | Notional | Fair Value | Notional | |||||||||||
(dollars in millions) | ||||||||||||||
Derivatives designated as accounting hedges: |
||||||||||||||
Interest rate contracts |
$ | 5,045 | $ | 74,230 | $ | 52 | $ | 7,348 | ||||||
Foreign exchange contracts |
270 | 8,253 | 109 | 6,588 | ||||||||||
Total derivatives designated as accounting hedges |
5,315 | 82,483 | 161 | 13,936 | ||||||||||
Derivatives not designated as accounting hedges(1): |
||||||||||||||
Interest rate contracts |
598,371 | 15,841,899 | 574,861 | 15,768,660 | ||||||||||
Credit contracts |
125,154 | 2,392,889 | 107,063 | 2,197,530 | ||||||||||
Foreign exchange contracts |
49,378 | 1,295,384 | 50,540 | 1,313,783 | ||||||||||
Equity contracts |
37,257 | 530,173 | 44,744 | 549,783 | ||||||||||
Commodity contracts |
73,904 | 457,418 | 73,193 | 426,403 | ||||||||||
Other |
375 | 12,115 | 1,251 | 6,607 | ||||||||||
Total derivatives not designated as accounting hedges |
884,439 | 20,529,878 | 851,652 | 20,262,766 | ||||||||||
Total derivatives |
$ | 889,754 | $ | 20,612,361 | $ | 851,813 | $ | 20,276,702 | ||||||
Cash collateral netting |
(62,054 | ) | | (34,242 | ) | | ||||||||
Counterparty netting |
(779,794 | ) | | (779,794 | ) | | ||||||||
Total derivatives |
$ | 47,906 | $ | 20,612,361 | $ | 37,777 | $ | 20,276,702 | ||||||
(1) | Notional amounts include net notionals related to long and short futures contracts of $65 billion and $64 billion, respectively. The variation margin on these futures contracts (excluded from the table above) of $494 million and $42 million is included in ReceivablesBrokers, dealers and clearing organizations and PayablesBrokers, dealers and clearing organizations, respectively, on the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition. |
52 |
MORGAN STANLEY
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS(Continued)
Assets at December 31, 2009 | Liabilities at December 31, 2009 | |||||||||||||
Fair Value | Notional | Fair Value | Notional | |||||||||||
(dollars in millions) | ||||||||||||||
Derivatives designated as accounting hedges: |
||||||||||||||
Interest rate contracts |
$ | 4,343 | $ | 69,026 | $ | 175 | $ | 12,248 | ||||||
Foreign exchange contracts |
216 | 10,781 | 105 | 7,125 | ||||||||||
Total derivatives designated as accounting hedges |
4,559 | 79,807 | 280 | 19,373 | ||||||||||
Derivatives not designated as accounting hedges(1): |
||||||||||||||
Interest rate contracts |
622,786 | 16,285,375 | 599,291 | 16,123,706 | ||||||||||
Credit contracts |
146,064 | 2,557,917 | 125,234 | 2,404,995 | ||||||||||
Foreign exchange contracts |
52,312 | 1,174,815 | 51,369 | 1,107,989 | ||||||||||
Equity contracts |
41,366 | 476,510 | 49,198 | 492,681 | ||||||||||
Commodity contracts |
64,614 | 453,132 | 63,714 | 414,765 | ||||||||||
Other |
389 | 12,908 | 1,123 | 6,180 | ||||||||||
Total derivatives not designated as accounting hedges |
927,531 | 20,960,657 | 889,929 | 20,550,316 | ||||||||||
Total derivatives |
$ | 932,090 | $ | 21,040,464 | $ | 890,209 | $ | 20,569,689 | ||||||
Cash collateral netting |
(62,738 | ) | | (31,729 | ) | | ||||||||
Counterparty netting |
(820,271 | ) | | (820,271 | ) | | ||||||||
Total derivatives |
$ | 49,081 | $ | 21,040,464 | $ | 38,209 | $ | 20,569,689 | ||||||
(1) | Notional amounts include net notionals related to long and short futures contracts of $434 billion and $696 billion, respectively. The variation margin on these futures contracts (excluded from the table above) of $601 million and $27 million is included in ReceivablesBrokers, dealers and clearing organizations and PayablesBrokers, dealers and clearing organizations, respectively, on the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition. |
The following tables summarize the gains or losses reported on derivative instruments designated and qualifying as accounting hedges for the quarter ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
Derivatives Designated as Fair Value Hedges.
The following table presents gains (losses) reported on derivative instruments and the related hedge item as well as the hedge ineffectiveness included in Interest expense in the condensed consolidated statements of income from interest rate contracts:
Interest Rate Contracts |
Three Months Ended March 31, |
|||||||
2010 | 2009 | |||||||
(dollars in millions) | ||||||||
Gain (loss) recognized on derivatives |
$ | 721 | $ | (2,759 | ) | |||
(Loss) gain recognized on borrowings |
(566 | ) | 2,690 | |||||
Total |
$ | 155 | $ | (69 | ) | |||
53 |
MORGAN STANLEY
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS(Continued)
Derivatives Designated as Net Investment Hedges.
Gains Recognized in OCI (effective portion)(1) | ||||||
Product Type |
Three Months Ended March 31, | |||||
2010 | 2009 | |||||
(dollars in millions) | ||||||
Foreign exchange contracts(2) |
$ | 220 | $ | 230 | ||
Debt instruments |
| 103 | ||||
Total |
$ | 220 | $ | 333 | ||
(1) | No gains (losses) related to net investment hedges were reclassified from Other comprehensive income (OCI) into income during the quarter ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. |
(2) | A gain of $1 million and a gain of $9 million were recognized in income related to amounts excluded from hedge effectiveness testing during the quarter ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. |
The table below summarizes gains (losses) on derivative instruments not designated as accounting hedges for the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively:
Gains (Losses) Recognized in Income(1)(2) |
||||||||
Three Months Ended March 31, |
||||||||
Product Type |
2010 | 2009 | ||||||
(dollars in millions) | ||||||||
Interest rate contracts |
$ | 620 | $ | (1,888 | ) | |||
Credit contracts |
(597 | ) | 2,557 | |||||
Foreign exchange contracts |
(157 | ) | 2,415 | |||||
Equity contracts |
(483 | ) | (1,240 | ) | ||||
Commodity contracts |
551 | 752 | ||||||
Other contracts |
(57 | ) | 482 | |||||
Total derivative instruments |
$ | (123 | ) | $ | 3,078 | |||
(1) | Gains (losses) on derivative contracts not designated as hedges are primarily included in Principal transactionsTrading. |
(2) | Gains (losses) associated with derivative contracts that have physically settled are excluded from the table above. Gains (losses) on these contracts are reflected with the associated cash instruments, which are also included in Principal transactionsTrading. |
The Company also has certain embedded derivatives that have been bifurcated from the related structured borrowings. Such derivatives are classified in Long-term borrowings and had a net fair value of $34 million and $110 million at March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively, and a notional of $2,603 million and $3,442 million at March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively. The Company recognized gains of $13 million and $45 million related to changes in the fair value of its bifurcated embedded derivatives for the quarter ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
At March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, the amount of payables associated with cash collateral received that was netted against derivative assets was $62.1 billion and $62.7 billion, respectively. The amount of receivables in respect of cash collateral paid that was netted against derivative liabilities was $34.2 billion and $31.7 billion, respectively. Cash collateral receivables and payables of $7 million and $190 million, respectively, at March 31, 2010, and $62 million and $227 million, respectively, at December 31, 2009, were not offset against certain contracts that did not meet the definition of a derivative.
Credit-Risk-Related Contingencies.
In connection with certain OTC trading agreements, the Company may be required to provide additional collateral or immediately settle any outstanding liability balances with certain counterparties in the event of a
54 |
MORGAN STANLEY
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS(Continued)
credit ratings downgrade. At March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, the aggregate fair value of derivative contracts that contain credit-risk-related contingent features that are in a net liability position totaled $27,544 million and $23,052 million, respectively, for which the Company has posted collateral of $22,906 million and $20,607 million, respectively, in the normal course of business. At March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, the amount of additional collateral or termination payments that could be called by counterparties under the terms of such agreements in the event of a one-notch downgrade of the Companys long-term credit rating was approximately $938 million and $717 million, respectively. Additional collateral or termination payments of approximately $998 million and $975 million could be called by counterparties in the event of a two-notch downgrade at March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively. Of these amounts, $1,297 million and $1,203 million at March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively, related to bilateral arrangements between the Company and other parties where upon the downgrade of one party, the downgraded party must deliver incremental collateral to the other party. These bilateral downgrade arrangements are a risk management tool used extensively by the Company as credit exposures are reduced if counterparties are downgraded.
Credit Derivatives and Other Credit Contracts.
The Company enters into credit derivatives, principally through credit default swaps, under which it provides counterparties protection against the risk of default on a set of debt obligations issued by a specified reference entity or entities. A majority of the Companys counterparties are banks, broker-dealers, insurance and other financial institutions, and monoline insurers. The table below summarizes certain information regarding protection sold through credit default swaps and CLNs at March 31, 2010:
Credit Ratings of the Reference Obligation |
Protection Sold | ||||||||||||||||||
Maximum Potential Payout/Notional | Fair Value (Asset)/ Liability(1)(2) |
||||||||||||||||||
Years to Maturity | |||||||||||||||||||
Less than 1 | 1-3 | 3-5 | Over 5 | Total | |||||||||||||||
(dollars in millions) | |||||||||||||||||||
Single name credit default swaps: |
|||||||||||||||||||
AAA |
$ | 1,051 | $ | 4,496 | $ | 10,827 | $ | 27,789 | $ | 44,163 | $ | 2,021 | |||||||
AA |
10,985 | 29,994 | 31,490 | 35,028 | 107,497 | 1,211 | |||||||||||||
A |
31,325 | 100,673 | 90,316 | 49,196 | 271,510 | (2,960 | ) | ||||||||||||
BBB |
54,964 | 152,644 | 131,424 | 76,316 | 415,348 | (6,116 | ) | ||||||||||||
Non-investment grade |
54,395 | 173,862 | 109,046 | 62,152 | 399,455 | 16,822 | |||||||||||||
Total |
152,720 | 461,669 | 373,103 | 250,481 | 1,237,973 | 10,978 | |||||||||||||
Index and basket credit default swaps: |
|||||||||||||||||||
AAA |
39,140 | 54,676 | 47,970 | 49,719 | 191,505 | (1,331 | ) | ||||||||||||
AA |
35 | 39 | 5,248 | 12,483 | 17,805 | 1,197 | |||||||||||||
A |
268 | 4,263 | 24,237 | 9,798 | 38,566 | 128 | |||||||||||||
BBB |
9,683 | 53,938 | 176,356 | 121,372 | 361,349 | (588 | ) | ||||||||||||
Non-investment grade |
25,591 | 130,777 | 142,392 | 121,638 | 420,398 | 22,874 | |||||||||||||
Total |
74,717 | 243,693 | 396,203 | 315,010 | 1,029,623 | 22,280 | |||||||||||||
Total credit default swaps sold |
$ | 227,437 | $ | 705,362 | $ | 769,306 | $ | 565,491 | $ | 2,267,596 | $ | 33,258 | |||||||
Other credit contracts(3)(4) |
$ | | $ | 42 | $ | | $ | 1,026 | $ | 1,068 | $ | 1,004 | |||||||
CLNs(4) |
174 | 287 | 1,968 | 1,165 | 3,594 | (956 | ) | ||||||||||||
Total credit derivatives and other credit contracts |
$ | 227,611 | $ | 705,691 | $ | 771,274 | $ | 567,682 | $ | 2,272,258 | $ | 33,306 | |||||||
(1) | Fair value amounts are shown on a gross basis prior to cash collateral or counterparty netting. |
(2) | Fair value amounts of certain credit default swaps where the Company sold protection have an asset carrying value because credit spreads of the underlying reference entity or entities tightened during the quarter ended March 31, 2010. |
(3) | Other credit contracts are credit default swaps that are considered hybrid instruments. |
(4) | Fair value amount shown represents the fair value of the hybrid instruments. |
55 |
MORGAN STANLEY
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS(Continued)
The table below summarizes certain information regarding protection sold through credit default swaps and CLNs at December 31, 2009:
Credit Ratings of the Reference Obligation |
Protection Sold | ||||||||||||||||||
Maximum Potential Payout/Notional | Fair Value (Asset)/ Liability(1)(2) |
||||||||||||||||||
Years to Maturity | |||||||||||||||||||
Less than 1 | 1-3 | 3-5 | Over 5 | Total | |||||||||||||||
(dollars in millions) | |||||||||||||||||||
Single name credit default swaps: |
|||||||||||||||||||
AAA |
$ | 926 | $ | 2,733 | $ | 10,969 | $ | 30,542 | $ | 45,170 | $ | 846 | |||||||
AA |
13,355 | 31,475 | 38,360 | 39,424 | 122,614 | 1,355 | |||||||||||||
A |
35,164 | 101,909 | 100,489 | 50,432 | 287,994 | (3,115 | ) | ||||||||||||
BBB |
57,979 | 161,309 | 151,143 | 80,216 | 450,647 | (6,753 | ) | ||||||||||||
Non-investment grade |
58,408 | 180,311 | 123,972 | 63,871 | 426,562 | 25,870 | |||||||||||||
Total |
165,832 | 477,737 | 424,933 | 264,485 | 1,332,987 | 18,203 | |||||||||||||
Index and basket credit default swaps: |
|||||||||||||||||||
AAA |
41,517 | 59,925 | 51,750 | 53,917 | 207,109 | (1,563 | ) | ||||||||||||
AA |
| 1,113 | 4,082 | 17,120 | 22,315 | 1,794 | |||||||||||||
A |
198 | 3,604 | 25,425 | 5,666 | 34,893 | (377 | ) | ||||||||||||
BBB |
12,866 | 65,484 | 183,799 | 93,906 | 356,055 | (2,101 | ) | ||||||||||||
Non-investment grade |
40,941 | 160,331 | 160,127 | 132,267 | 493,666 | 27,665 | |||||||||||||
Total |
95,522 | 290,457 | 425,183 | 302,876 | 1,114,038 | 25,418 | |||||||||||||
Total credit default swaps sold |
$ | 261,354 | $ | 768,194 | $ | 850,116 | $ | 567,361 | $ | 2,447,025 | $ | 43,621 | |||||||
Other credit contracts(3)(4) |
$ | | $ | 51 | $ | 24 | $ | 1,089 | $ | 1,164 | $ | 1,118 | |||||||
CLNs(4) |
160 | 74 | 337 | 668 | 1,239 | (335 | ) | ||||||||||||
Total credit derivatives and other credit contracts |
$ | 261,514 | $ | 768,319 | $ | 850,477 | $ | 569,118 | $ | 2,449,428 | $ | 44,404 | |||||||
(1) | Fair value amounts are shown on a gross basis prior to cash collateral or counterparty netting. |
(2) | Fair value amounts of certain credit default swaps where the Company sold protection have an asset carrying value because credit spreads of the underlying reference entity or entities tightened during 2009. |
(3) | Other credit contracts are credit default swaps that are considered hybrid instruments. |
(4) | Fair value amount shown represents the fair value of the hybrid instruments. |
Single Name Credit Default Swaps. A credit default swap protects the buyer against the loss of principal on a bond or loan in case of a default by the issuer. The protection buyer pays a periodic premium (generally quarterly) over the life of the contract and is protected for the period. The Company in turn will have to perform under a credit default swap if a credit event as defined under the contract occurs. Typical credit events include bankruptcy, dissolution or insolvency of the referenced entity, failure to pay and restructuring of the obligations of the referenced entity. In order to provide an indication of the current payment status or performance risk of the credit default swaps, the external credit ratings, primarily Moodys credit ratings, of the underlying reference entity of the credit default swaps are disclosed.
Index and Basket Credit Default Swaps. Index and basket credit default swaps are credit default swaps that reference multiple names through underlying baskets or portfolios of single name credit default swaps. Generally, in the event of a default on one of the underlying names, the Company will have to pay a pro rata
56 |
MORGAN STANLEY
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS(Continued)
portion of the total notional amount of the credit default index or basket contract. In order to provide an indication of the current payment status or performance risk of these credit default swaps, the weighted average external credit ratings, primarily Moodys credit ratings, of the underlying reference entities comprising the basket or index were calculated and disclosed.
The Company also enters into index and basket credit default swaps where the credit protection provided is based upon the application of tranching techniques. In tranched transactions, the credit risk of an index or basket is separated into various portions of the capital structure, with different levels of subordination. The most junior tranches cover initial defaults, and once losses exceed the notional of the tranche, they are passed on to the next most senior tranche in the capital structure. As external credit ratings are not always available for tranched indices and baskets, credit ratings were determined based upon an internal methodology.
Credit Protection Sold Through CLNs. The Company has invested in CLNs, which are hybrid instruments containing embedded derivatives, in which credit protection has been sold to the issuer of the note. If there is a credit event of a reference entity underlying the CLN, the principal balance of the note may not be repaid in full to the Company.
Purchased Credit Protection. For single name credit default swaps and non-tranched index and basket credit default swaps, the Company has purchased protection with a notional amount of approximately $1.7 trillion and $1.9 trillion at March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively, compared with a notional amount of approximately $1.9 trillion and $2.1 trillion, at March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively, of credit protection sold with identical underlying reference obligations. In order to identify purchased protection with the same underlying reference obligations, the notional amount for individual reference obligations within non-tranched indices and baskets was determined on a pro rata basis and matched off against single name and non-tranched index and basket credit default swaps where credit protection was sold with identical underlying reference obligations. The Company may also purchase credit protection to economically hedge loans and lending commitments. In total, not considering whether the underlying reference obligations are identical, the Company has purchased credit protection of $2.3 trillion with a positive fair value of $51 billion compared with $2.3 trillion of credit protection sold with a negative fair value of $33 billion at March 31, 2010. In total, not considering whether the underlying reference obligations are identical, the Company has purchased credit protection of $2.5 trillion with a positive fair value of $65 billion compared with $2.4 trillion of credit protection sold with a negative fair value of $44 billion as of December 31, 2009.
The purchase of credit protection does not represent the sole manner in which the Company risk manages its exposure to credit derivatives. The Company manages its exposure to these derivative contracts through a variety of risk mitigation strategies, which include managing the credit and correlation risk across single name, non-tranched indices and baskets, tranched indices and baskets, and cash positions. Aggregate market risk limits have been established for credit derivatives, and market risk measures are routinely monitored against these limits. The Company may also recover amounts on the underlying reference obligation delivered to the Company under credit default swaps where credit protection was sold.
10. Commitments, Guarantees and Contingencies.
Commitments.
The Companys commitments associated with outstanding letters of credit and other financial guarantees obtained to satisfy collateral requirements, investment activities, corporate lending and financing arrangements, mortgage lending and margin lending at March 31, 2010 are summarized below by period of expiration. Since
57 |
MORGAN STANLEY
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS(Continued)
commitments associated with these instruments may expire unused, the amounts shown do not necessarily reflect the actual future cash funding requirements:
Years to Maturity | Total at March 31, 2010 | ||||||||||||||
Less than 1 |
1-3 | 3-5 | Over 5 | ||||||||||||
(dollars in millions) | |||||||||||||||
Letters of credit and other financial guarantees obtained to satisfy collateral requirements |
$ | 853 | $ | 1 | $ | 1 | $ | 6 | $ | 861 | |||||
Investment activities |
940 | 767 | 167 | 72 | 1,946 | ||||||||||
Primary lending commitmentsinvestment grade(1)(2) |
10,558 | 27,321 | 3,938 | 163 | 41,980 | ||||||||||
Primary lending commitmentsnon-investment grade(1) |
833 | 4,179 | 3,957 | 2,656 | 11,625 | ||||||||||
Secondary lending commitments(1) |
67 | 99 | 140 | 35 | 341 | ||||||||||
Commitments for secured lending transactions |
1,296 | 454 | 208 | | 1,958 | ||||||||||
Forward starting reverse repurchase agreements(3) |
75,289 | 101 | | | 75,390 | ||||||||||
Commercial and residential mortgage-related commitments(1) |
906 | | | | 906 | ||||||||||
Underwriting commitments |
500 | | | | 500 | ||||||||||
Other commitments |
216 | 12 | 150 | | 378 | ||||||||||
Total |
$ | 91,458 | $ | 32,934 | $ | 8,561 | $ | 2,932 | $ | 135,885 | |||||
(1) | These commitments are recorded at fair value within Financial instruments owned and Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased in the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition (see Note 3). |
(2) | This amount includes commitments to asset-backed commercial paper conduits of $276 million at March 31, 2010, of which $268 million have maturities of less than one year and $8 million of which have maturities of one to three years. |
(3) | The Company enters into forward starting securities purchased under agreements to resell (agreements that have a trade date as of or prior to March 31, 2010 and settle subsequent to period-end) that are primarily secured by collateral from U.S. government agency securities and other sovereign government obligations. These agreements primarily settle within three business days and as of March 31, 2010, $75.3 billion of the $75.4 billion settled within three business days. |
For further description of these commitments, refer to Note 11 to the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2009 included in the Form 10-K.
The Company sponsors several nonconsolidated investment funds for third-party investors where the Company typically acts as general partner of, and investment adviser to, these funds and typically commits to invest a minority of the capital of such funds with subscribing third-party investors contributing the majority. The Companys employees, including its senior officers, as well as the Companys directors may participate on the same terms and conditions as other investors in certain of these funds that the Company forms primarily for client investment, except that the Company may waive or lower applicable fees and charges for its employees. The Company has contractual capital commitments, guarantees, lending facilities and counterparty arrangements with respect to these investment funds.
58 |
MORGAN STANLEY
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS(Continued)
Guarantees.
The table below summarizes certain information regarding the Companys obligations under guarantee arrangements at March 31, 2010:
Type of Guarantee |
Maximum Potential Payout/Notional | Carrying Amount (Asset)/ Liability |
Collateral/ Recourse | |||||||||||||||||||
Years to Maturity | Total | |||||||||||||||||||||
Less than 1 | 1-3 | 3-5 | Over 5 | |||||||||||||||||||
(dollars in millions) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Credit derivative contracts(1) |
$ | 227,437 | $ | 705,362 | $ | 769,306 | $ | 565,491 | $ | 2,267,596 | $ | 33,258 | $ | | ||||||||
Other credit contracts |
| 42 | | 1,026 | 1,068 | 1,004 | | |||||||||||||||
CLNs |
174 | 287 | 1,968 | 1,165 | 3,594 | (956 | ) | | ||||||||||||||
Non-credit derivative contracts(1)(2) |
687,468 | 345,211 | 147,654 | 234,030 | 1,414,363 | 67,446 | | |||||||||||||||
Standby letters of credit and other financial guarantees issued(3)(4) |
1,267 | 2,938 | 402 | 4,990 | 9,597 | 657 | 5,500 | |||||||||||||||
Market value guarantees |
| | 87 | 679 | 766 | 41 | 126 | |||||||||||||||
Liquidity facilities |
4,396 | 82 | 306 | 87 | 4,871 | 24 | 6,400 | |||||||||||||||
Whole loan sales guarantees |
| | | 42,506 | 42,506 | 90 | | |||||||||||||||
General partner guarantees |
194 | 82 | 112 | 49 | 437 | 62 | |
(1) | Carrying amount of derivative contracts are shown on a gross basis prior to cash collateral or counterparty netting. For further information on derivative contracts, see Note 9. |
(2) | Amounts include a guarantee to investors in undivided participating interests in claims the Company made against a derivative counterparty that filed for bankruptcy protection. To the extent, in the future, any portion of the claims is disallowed or reduced by the bankruptcy court in excess of a certain amount, then the Company must refund a portion of the purchase price plus interest. See Note 16 to the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2009 included in the Form 10-K. |
(3) | Approximately $2.0 billion of standby letters of credit are also reflected in the Commitments table in primary and secondary lending commitments. Standby letters of credit are recorded at fair value within Financial instruments owned or Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased in the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition. |
(4) | Amounts include guarantees issued by consolidated real estate funds sponsored by the Company of approximately $1.6 billion. These guarantees relate to obligations of the funds investee entities, including guarantees related to capital expenditures and principal and interest debt payments. Accrued losses under these guarantees of approximately $0.8 billion are reflected as a reduction of the carrying value of the related fund investments, which are reflected in Financial instruments ownedInvestments on the condensed consolidated statement of financial condition. |
The Company has contractual capital commitments, guarantees, lending facilities and counterparty arrangements with respect to real estate investments of $1.3 billion at March 31, 2010. One of the Companys real estate funds is currently engaged in negotiations with its lenders regarding a potential restructuring of loans provided to a specific investment in the funds portfolio. These loans have been extended to allow negotiations to continue. In that context, the lenders may allege various claims that would imply that the fund is obliged to support this investment to an extent that would exceed the funds available liquid resources. In that event, the fund would assert substantial defenses to such claims. The Company is not obliged to provide any support to the fund. A consolidated subsidiary is the general partner of the fund but the loans and guarantees are non-recourse to any other entity or assets of the Company. While the Company cannot provide assurance that the funds negotiations will result in a restructuring, it does not currently believe that the resolution of the restructuring will require the Company to pay or contribute amounts in excess of the amount of guarantees included in the dollar amount set forth above at March 31, 2010.
For further description of these commitments, refer to Note 11 to the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2009 included in the Form 10-K.
59 |
MORGAN STANLEY
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS(Continued)
The Company has obligations under certain guarantee arrangements, including contracts and indemnification agreements that contingently require a guarantor to make payments to the guaranteed party based on changes in an underlying measure (such as an interest or foreign exchange rate, security or commodity price, an index or the occurrence or non-occurrence of a specified event) related to an asset, liability or equity security of a guaranteed party. Also included as guarantees are contracts that contingently require the guarantor to make payments to the guaranteed party based on another entitys failure to perform under an agreement, as well as indirect guarantees of the indebtedness of others.
Other Guarantees and Indemnities.
In the normal course of business, the Company provides guarantees and indemnifications in a variety of commercial transactions. These provisions generally are standard contractual terms. Certain of these guarantees and indemnifications are described below.
| Trust Preferred Securities. The Company has established Morgan Stanley Capital Trusts for the limited purpose of issuing trust preferred securities to third parties and lending the proceeds to the Company in exchange for junior subordinated debentures. The Company has directly guaranteed the repayment of the trust preferred securities to the holders thereof to the extent that the Company has made payments to a Morgan Stanley Capital Trust on the junior subordinated debentures. In the event that the Company does not make payments to a Morgan Stanley Capital Trust, holders of such series of trust preferred securities would not be able to rely upon the guarantee for payment of those amounts. The Company has not recorded any liability in the condensed consolidated financial statements for these guarantees and believes that the occurrence of any events (i.e., non-performance on the part of the paying agent) that would trigger payments under these contracts is remote. See Note 13 to the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2009 included in the Form 10-K for details on the Companys junior subordinated debentures. |
| Indemnities. The Company provides standard indemnities to counterparties for certain contingent exposures and taxes, including U.S. and foreign withholding taxes, on interest and other payments made on derivatives, securities and stock lending transactions, certain annuity products and other financial arrangements. These indemnity payments could be required based on a change in the tax laws or change in interpretation of applicable tax rulings or a change in factual circumstances. Certain contracts contain provisions that enable the Company to terminate the agreement upon the occurrence of such events. The maximum potential amount of future payments that the Company could be required to make under these indemnifications cannot be estimated. |
| Exchange/Clearinghouse Member Guarantees. The Company is a member of various U.S. and non-U.S. exchanges and clearinghouses that trade and clear securities and/or derivative contracts. Associated with its membership, the Company may be required to pay a proportionate share of the financial obligations of another member who may default on its obligations to the exchange or the clearinghouse. While the rules governing different exchange or clearinghouse memberships vary, in general the Companys guarantee obligations would arise only if the exchange or clearinghouse had previously exhausted its resources. The maximum potential payout under these membership agreements cannot be estimated. The Company has not recorded any contingent liability in the condensed consolidated financial statements for these agreements and believes that any potential requirement to make payments under these agreements is remote. |
| Guarantees on Securitized Assets. As part of the Companys Institutional Securities securitization and related activities, the Company provides representations and warranties that certain assets transferred in securitization transactions conform to specified guidelines. The Company may be required to repurchase |
60 |
MORGAN STANLEY
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS(Continued)
such assets or indemnify the purchaser against losses if the assets do not meet certain conforming guidelines. Due diligence is performed by the Company to ensure that asset guideline qualifications are met, and, to the extent the Company has acquired such assets from other parties, the Company seeks to obtain its own representations and warranties regarding the assets. In many securitization transactions, some, but not all, of the original asset sellers provide the representations and warranties directly to the purchaser, and the Company makes representations and warranties only with respect to other assets. The maximum potential amount of future payments the Company could be required to make would be equal to the current outstanding balances of assets transferred by the Company that are subject to its representations and warranties. |
| Merger and Acquisition Guarantees. The Company may, from time to time, in its role as investment banking advisor be required to provide guarantees in connection with certain European merger and acquisition transactions. If required by the regulating authorities, the Company provides a guarantee that the acquirer in the merger and acquisition transaction has or will have sufficient funds to complete the transaction and would then be required to make the acquisition payments in the event the acquirers funds are insufficient at the completion date of the transaction. These arrangements generally cover the time frame from the transaction offer date to its closing date and, therefore, are generally short term in nature. The maximum potential amount of future payments that the Company could be required to make cannot be estimated. The Company believes the likelihood of any payment by the Company under these arrangements is remote given the level of the Companys due diligence associated with its role as investment banking advisor. |
| Guarantees on Morgan Stanley Stable Value Program. On September 30, 2009, the Company entered into an agreement with the investment manager for the Stable Value Program (SVP), a fund within the Companys 401(k) plan, and certain other third parties. Under the agreement, the Company contributed $20 million to the SVP on October 15, 2009 and recorded the contribution in Compensation and benefits expense. Additionally, the Company may have a future obligation to make a payment of $40 million to the SVP following the third anniversary of the agreement, after which the SVP would be wound down over a period of time. The future obligation is contingent upon whether the market-to-book value ratio of the portion of the SVP that is subject to certain book-value stabilizing contracts has fallen below a specific threshold and the Company and the other parties to the agreement all decline to make payments to restore the SVP to such threshold as of the third anniversary of the agreement. The Company has not recorded a liability for this guarantee in the condensed consolidated financial statements. |
In the ordinary course of business, the Company guarantees the debt and/or certain trading obligations (including obligations associated with derivatives, foreign exchange contracts and the settlement of physical commodities) of certain subsidiaries. These guarantees generally are entity or product specific and are required by investors or trading counterparties. The activities of the subsidiaries covered by these guarantees (including any related debt or trading obligations) are included in the Companys condensed consolidated financial statements.
Contingencies.
Legal. In the normal course of business, the Company has been named, from time to time, as a defendant in various legal actions, including arbitrations, class actions and other litigation, arising in connection with its activities as a global diversified financial services institution. Certain of the actual or threatened legal actions include claims for substantial compensatory and/or punitive damages or claims for indeterminate amounts of damages. In some cases, the entities that would otherwise be the primary defendants in such cases are bankrupt or are in financial distress.
61 |
MORGAN STANLEY
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS(Continued)
The Company is also involved, from time to time, in other reviews, investigations and proceedings (both formal and informal) by governmental and self-regulatory agencies regarding the Companys business, including, among other matters, accounting and operational matters, certain of which may result in adverse judgments, settlements, fines, penalties, injunctions or other relief.
The Company contests liability and/or the amount of damages as appropriate in each pending matter. In view of the inherent difficulty of predicting the outcome of such matters, particularly in cases where claimants seek substantial or indeterminate damages or where investigations and proceedings are in the early stages, the Company cannot predict with certainty the loss or range of loss, if any, related to such matters; how or if such matters will be resolved; when they will ultimately be resolved; or what the eventual settlement, fine, penalty or other relief, if any, might be. Subject to the foregoing, the Company believes, based on current knowledge and after consultation with counsel, that the outcome of such pending matters will not have a material adverse effect on the condensed consolidated statement of financial condition of the Company, although the outcome of such matters could be material to the Companys operating results and cash flows for a particular future period, depending on, among other things, the level of the Companys revenues, income or cash flows for such period. Legal reserves have been established in accordance with the requirements for accounting for contingencies. Once established, reserves are adjusted when there is more information available or when an event occurs requiring a change.
11. | Regulatory Requirements. |
Morgan Stanley. The Company is a financial holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 and is subject to the regulation and oversight of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the Fed). The Fed establishes capital requirements for the Company, including well-capitalized standards, and evaluates the Companys compliance with such capital requirements. The Office of the Comptroller of the Currency and the Office of Thrift Supervision establish similar capital requirements and standards for the Companys national banks and federal savings bank, respectively.
The Company calculates its capital ratios and risk-weighted assets (RWAs) in accordance with the capital adequacy standards for financial holding companies adopted by the Fed. These standards are based upon a framework described in the International Convergence of Capital Measurement and Capital Standards, July 1988, as amended, also referred to as Basel I. In December 2007, the U.S. banking regulators published a final Basel II Accord that requires internationally active banking organizations, as well as certain of its U.S. bank subsidiaries, to implement Basel II standards over the next several years. The Company will be required to implement these Basel II standards as a result of becoming a financial holding company.
At March 31, 2010, the Company was in compliance with Basel I capital requirements with ratios of Tier 1 capital to RWAs of 15.1% and total capital to RWAs of 16.1% (6% and 10% being well-capitalized for regulatory purposes, respectively). In addition, financial holding companies are also subject to a Tier 1 leverage ratio as defined by the Fed. The Company calculated its Tier 1 leverage ratio as Tier 1 capital divided by adjusted average total assets (which reflects adjustments for disallowed goodwill, certain intangible assets and deferred tax assets). The adjusted average total assets are derived using weekly balances for the calendar quarter.
The following table summarizes the capital measures for the Company at March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009:
March 31, 2010 | December 31, 2009 | |||||||||||
Balance | Ratio | Balance | Ratio | |||||||||
(dollars in millions) | ||||||||||||
Tier 1 capital |
$ | 50,122 | 15.1 | % | $ | 46,670 | 15.3 | % | ||||
Total capital |
53,411 | 16.1 | % | 49,955 | 16.4 | % | ||||||
RWAs |
331,913 | | 305,000 | | ||||||||
Adjusted average assets |
821,517 | | 804,456 | | ||||||||
Tier 1 leverage |
| 6.1 | % | | 5.8 | % |
62 |
MORGAN STANLEY
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS(Continued)
The Companys Significant U.S. Bank Operating Subsidiaries. The Companys domestic bank operating subsidiaries are subject to various regulatory capital requirements as administered by U.S. federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory, and possibly additional, discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Companys U.S. bank operating subsidiaries financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Companys U.S. bank operating subsidiaries must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the Companys U.S. bank operating subsidiaries assets, liabilities and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices.
At March 31, 2010, the Companys U.S. bank operating subsidiaries met all capital adequacy requirements to which they are subject and exceeded all regulatorily mandated and targeted minimum regulatory capital requirements to be well-capitalized. There are no conditions or events that management believes have changed the Companys U.S. bank operating subsidiaries category.
The table below sets forth the Companys significant U.S. bank operating subsidiaries capital at March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009.
March 31, 2010 | December 31, 2009 | |||||||||
Amount | Ratio | Amount | Ratio | |||||||
(dollars in millions) | ||||||||||
Total Capital (to RWAs): |
||||||||||
Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A. |
$ | 9,129 | 21.3% | $ | 8,880 | 18.4% | ||||
Morgan Stanley Trust |
$ | 754 | 83.0% | $ | 602 | 70.3% | ||||
Tier I Capital (to RWAs): |
||||||||||
Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A. |
$ | 7,601 | 17.8% | $ | 7,360 | 15.3% | ||||
Morgan Stanley Trust |
$ | 754 | 83.0% | $ | 602 | 70.3% | ||||
Leverage Ratio: |
||||||||||
Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A. |
$ | 7,601 | 10.7% | $ | 7,360 | 10.7% | ||||
Morgan Stanley Trust |
$ | 754 | 10.9% | $ | 602 | 8.9% |
Under regulatory capital requirements adopted by the U.S. federal banking agencies, U.S. depository institutions, in order to be considered well-capitalized, must maintain a capital ratio of Tier 1 capital to RWAs of 6%, a ratio of total capital to RWAs of 10%, and a ratio of Tier 1 capital to average book assets (leverage ratio) of 5%. Each U.S. depository institution subsidiary of the Company must be well-capitalized in order for the Company to continue to qualify as a financial holding company and to continue to engage in the broadest range of financial activities permitted to financial holding companies. At March 31, 2010, the Companys three U.S. depository institutions maintained capital at levels in excess of the universally mandated well-capitalized levels. These subsidiary depository institutions maintain capital at levels sufficiently in excess of the well-capitalized requirements to address any additional capital needs and requirements identified by the federal banking regulators.
MS&Co. and Other Broker-Dealers. MS&Co. is a registered broker-dealer and registered futures commission merchant and, accordingly, is subject to the minimum net capital requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority and the Commodity Futures Trading Commission. MS&Co. has consistently operated with capital in excess of its regulatory capital requirements. MS&Co.s net capital totaled $7,658 million and $7,854 million at March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively, which exceeded the amount required by $6,510 million and $6,758 million, respectively. Morgan Stanley Smith Barney LLC is a registered broker-dealer and registered futures commission merchant, introducing business to MS&Co. and Citi, and has operated with capital in excess of its regulatory capital requirements.
63 |
MORGAN STANLEY
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS(Continued)
MSIP, a London-based broker-dealer subsidiary, is subject to the capital requirements of the Financial Services Authority, and MSJS, a Tokyo-based broker-dealer subsidiary, is subject to the capital requirements of the Financial Services Agency. MSIP and MSJS have consistently operated in excess of their respective regulatory capital requirements.
MS&Co. is required to hold tentative net capital in excess of $1 billion and net capital in excess of $500 million in accordance with the market and credit risk standards of Appendix E of Rule 15c3-1. MS&Co. is also required to notify the SEC in the event that its tentative net capital is less than $5 billion. At March 31, 2010, MS&Co. had tentative net capital in excess of the minimum and the notification requirements.
Other Regulated Subsidiaries. Certain other U.S. and non-U.S. subsidiaries are subject to various securities, commodities and banking regulations, and capital adequacy requirements promulgated by the regulatory and exchange authorities of the countries in which they operate. These subsidiaries have consistently operated in excess of their local capital adequacy requirements.
Morgan Stanley Derivative Products Inc. (MSDP), a derivative products subsidiary rated Aa2 by Moodys Investors Service, Inc. (Moodys) and AAA by Standard & Poors Ratings Services, a Division of the McGraw-Hill Companies Inc. (S&P), maintains certain operating restrictions that have been reviewed by Moodys and S&P. On December 21, 2009, MSDP was downgraded from a triple-A rating to Aa2 rating by Moodys but maintained its AAA rating by S&P. The downgrade did not significantly impact the Companys results of operations or financial condition. MSDP is operated such that creditors of the Company should not expect to have any claims on the assets of MSDP, unless and until the obligations to its own creditors are satisfied in full. Creditors of MSDP should not expect to have any claims on the assets of the Company or any of its affiliates, other than the respective assets of MSDP.
12. | Total Equity. |
During the quarter ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, the Company did not purchase any of its common stock as part of its share repurchase program. At March 31, 2010, the Company had approximately $1.6 billion remaining under its current share repurchase authorization. Share repurchases by the Company are subject to regulatory approval.
64 |
MORGAN STANLEY
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS(Continued)
13. | Earnings per Common Share. |
Basic EPS is computed by dividing income available to Morgan Stanley common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Common shares outstanding include common stock and vested restricted stock unit awards where recipients have satisfied either the explicit vesting terms or retirement eligibility requirements. Diluted EPS reflects the assumed conversion of all dilutive securities. The Company calculates EPS using the two-class method (see Note 1) and determines whether instruments granted in share-based payment transactions are participating securities. The following table presents the calculation of basic and diluted EPS (in millions, except for per share data):
Three Months Ended March 31, |
||||||||
2010 | 2009 | |||||||
Basic EPS: |
||||||||
Income (loss) from continuing operations |
$ | 2,080 | $ | (35 | ) | |||
Net loss from discontinued operations |
(69 | ) | (155 | ) | ||||
Net income (loss) |
2,011 | (190 | ) | |||||
Net income (loss) applicable to non-controlling interests |
235 | (13 | ) | |||||
Net income (loss) applicable to Morgan Stanley |
1,776 | (177 | ) | |||||
Less: Preferred dividends (Series A Preferred Stock) |
(11 | ) | (11 | ) | ||||
Less: Preferred dividends (Series B Preferred Stock) |
(196 | ) | (196 | ) | ||||
Less: Preferred dividends (Series C Preferred Stock) |
(13 | ) | (29 | ) | ||||
Less: Preferred dividends (Series D Preferred Stock) |
| (125 | ) | |||||
Less: Amortization of issuance discount for Series D Preferred Stock(1) |
| (40 | ) | |||||
Less: Allocation of earnings to participating restricted stock units(2): |
||||||||
From continuing operations |
(54 | ) | | |||||
From discontinued operations |
2 | | ||||||
Less: Allocation of undistributed earnings to Equity Units(1): |
||||||||
From continuing operations |
(99 | ) | | |||||
From discontinued operations |
6 | | ||||||
Net income (loss) applicable to Morgan Stanley common shareholders |
$ | 1,411 | $ | (578 | ) | |||
Weighted average common shares outstanding |
1,315 | 1,012 | ||||||
Earnings (loss) per basic common share: |
||||||||
Income (loss) from continuing operations |
$ | 1.12 | $ | (0.41 | ) | |||
Net loss on discontinued operations |
(0.05 | ) | (0.16 | ) | ||||
Earnings (loss) per basic common share |
$ | 1.07 | $ | (0.57 | ) | |||
Diluted EPS: |
||||||||
Earnings (loss) applicable to Morgan Stanley common shareholders |
$ | 1,411 | $ | (578 | ) | |||
Preferred stock dividends (Series B Preferred Stock) |
196 | | ||||||
Income (loss) available to common shareholders plus assumed conversions |
$ | 1,607 | $ | (578 | ) | |||
Weighted average common shares outstanding |
1,315 | 1,012 | ||||||
Effect of dilutive securities: |
||||||||
Stock options and restricted stock units(2) |
1 | | ||||||
Series B Preferred Stock |
310 | | ||||||
Weighted average common shares outstanding and common stock equivalents |
1,626 | 1,012 | ||||||
Earnings (loss) per diluted common share: |
||||||||
Income (loss) from continuing operations |
$ | 1.03 | $ | (0.41 | ) | |||
Net loss on discontinued operations |
(0.04 | ) | (0.16 | ) | ||||
Earnings (loss) per diluted common share |
$ | 0.99 | $ | (0.57 | ) | |||
65 |
MORGAN STANLEY
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS(Continued)
(1) | See Note 13 to the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2009 included in the Form 10-K. |
(2) | Restricted stock units that are considered participating securities participate in all of the earnings of the Company in the computation of basic EPS, and therefore, such restricted stock units are not included as incremental shares in the diluted calculation. |
The following securities were considered antidilutive and, therefore, were excluded from the computation of diluted EPS:
Number of Antidilutive Securities Outstanding at End of Period: | Three Months Ended March 31, | |||
2010 | 2009 | |||
(shares in millions) | ||||
Restricted stock units and performance stock units |
47 | 68 | ||
Stock options |
73 | 88 | ||
Equity Units(1)(2) |
116 | 116 | ||
CPP Warrant(2) |
| 65 | ||
Series B Preferred Stock |
| 311 | ||
Total |
236 | 648 | ||
(1) | The Equity Units participate in substantially all of the earnings of the Company (i.e., any earnings above $0.27 per quarter) in basic EPS (assuming a full distribution of earnings of the Company), and therefore, the Equity Units generally would not be included as incremental shares in the diluted calculation. |
(2) | See Note 13 to the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2009 included in the Form 10-K. |
14. | Interest Income and Interest Expense. |
Details of Interest income and Interest expense were as follows:
Three Months Ended March, 31 |
||||||||
2010 | 2009 | |||||||
(dollars in millions) | ||||||||
Interest income(1): |
||||||||
Financial instruments owned(2) |
$ | 1,143 | $ | 1,289 | ||||
Securities available for sale |
10 | | ||||||
Loans |
70 | 88 | ||||||
Interest bearing deposits with banks |
41 | 113 | ||||||
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell and securities borrowed |
150 | 444 | ||||||
Other |
334 | 311 | ||||||
Interest income |
$ | 1,748 | $ | 2,245 | ||||
Interest expense(1): |
||||||||
Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings |
$ | 3 | $ | 37 | ||||
Deposits |
172 | 150 | ||||||
Long-term debt |
1,064 | 1,472 | ||||||
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and securities loaned |
286 | 463 | ||||||
Other |
(158 | ) | 187 | |||||
Interest expense |
$ | 1,367 | $ | 2,309 | ||||
Net interest |
$ | 381 | $ | (64 | ) | |||
(1) | Interest income and expense are recorded within the condensed consolidated statements of income depending on the nature of the instrument and related market conventions. When interest is included as a component of the instruments fair value, interest is included within Principal transactionsTrading revenues or Principal transactionsInvestment revenues. Otherwise, it is included within Interest income or Interest expense. |
(2) | Interest expense on Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased is reported as a reduction to Interest income. |
66 |
MORGAN STANLEY
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS(Continued)
15. | Employee Benefit Plans. |
The Company maintains various pension and benefit plans for eligible employees. The following table presents the components of the net periodic benefit expense:
Three Months Ended March 31, |
||||||||
2010 | 2009 | |||||||
(dollars in millions) | ||||||||
Service cost, benefits earned during the period |
$ | 26 | $ | 31 | ||||
Interest cost on projected benefit obligation |
41 | 40 | ||||||
Expected return on plan assets |
(32 | ) | (30 | ) | ||||
Net amortization of prior service costs |
(2 | ) | (3 | ) | ||||
Net amortization of actuarial loss |
8 | 11 | ||||||
Net periodic benefit expense |
$ | 41 | $ | 49 | ||||
16. | Income Taxes. |
The Company is under continuous examination by the Internal Revenue Service (the IRS) and other tax authorities in certain countries, such as Japan and the United Kingdom (the U.K.), and states in which the Company has significant business operations, such as New York. During 2010, the IRS and the Japanese tax authorities are expected to conclude the field work portion of their examinations on issues covering tax years 1999 - 2005 and 2007 - 2008, respectively. Also during 2010, the Company expects to reach a conclusion with the U.K. tax authorities on issues through tax year 2007, including those in appeals. Additionally during 2010, the Company may reach a conclusion with the New York State and New York City tax authorities on issues covering years 2002 - 2006. The Company regularly assesses the likelihood of additional assessments in each of the taxing jurisdictions resulting from these and subsequent years examinations. The Company has established unrecognized tax benefits that the Company believes are adequate in relation to the potential for additional assessments. Once established, the Company adjusts unrecognized tax benefits only when more information is available or when an event occurs necessitating a change. The Company believes that the resolution of tax matters will not have a material effect on the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition of the Company, although a resolution could have a material impact on the Companys condensed consolidated statements of income for a particular future period and on the Companys effective income tax rate for any period in which such resolution occurs.
It is reasonably possible that significant changes in the gross balance of unrecognized tax benefits may occur within the next twelve months. At this time, however, it is not possible to reasonably estimate the expected change to the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits and impact on the effective tax rate over the next twelve months.
During the quarter ended March 31, 2010, as part of the Companys periodic review of the business, liquidity and capital requirements of its non-U.S. subsidiaries, it was determined that prior-years undistributed earnings of certain non-U.S. subsidiaries for which U.S. federal income taxes have been provided will remain indefinitely reinvested abroad. The Company does not intend to use these earnings as a source of funding of its operations in the U.S. in the foreseeable future. As a result of this determination, the income tax provision for the quarter ended March 31, 2010 included a benefit of $382 million, or $0.21 per diluted share, associated with the release of the previously provided U.S. federal deferred tax liability associated with these earnings.
67 |
MORGAN STANLEY
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS(Continued)
17. | Segment and Geographic Information. |
The Company structures its segments primarily based upon the nature of the financial products and services provided to customers and the Companys management organization. The Company provides a wide range of financial products and services to its customers in each of its business segments: Institutional Securities, Global Wealth Management Group and Asset Management. For further discussion of the Companys business segments, see Note 1.
Revenues and expenses directly associated with each respective segment are included in determining its operating results. Other revenues and expenses that are not directly attributable to a particular segment are allocated based upon the Companys allocation methodologies, generally based on each segments respective net revenues, non-interest expenses or other relevant measures.
As a result of treating certain intersegment transactions as transactions with external parties, the Company includes an Intersegment Eliminations category to reconcile the business segment results to the Companys consolidated results. Income before taxes in Intersegment Eliminations primarily represents the effect of timing differences associated with the revenue and expense recognition of commissions paid by the Asset Management business segment to the Global Wealth Management Group business segment associated with sales of certain products and the related compensation costs paid to the Global Wealth Management Group business segments global representatives. Intersegment eliminations also reflect the effect of fees paid by the Institutional Securities business segment to the Global Wealth Management Group business segment related to the bank deposit program.
Selected financial information for the Companys segments is presented below:
Three Months Ended March 31, 2010 |
Institutional Securities |
Global Wealth Management Group |
Asset Management |
Discover | Intersegment Eliminations(4) |
Total | ||||||||||||||||
(dollars in millions) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Total non-interest revenues |
$ | 5,219 | $ | 2,914 | $ | 673 | $ | | $ | (109 | ) | $ | 8,697 | |||||||||
Net interest |
125 | 191 | (20 | ) | | 85 | 381 | |||||||||||||||
Net revenues |
$ | 5,344 | $ | 3,105 | $ | 653 | $ | | $ | (24 | ) | $ | 9,078 | |||||||||
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes |
$ | 2,067 | $ | 278 | $ | 173 | $ | | $ | (2 | ) | $ | 2,516 | |||||||||
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes |
330 | 64 | 43 | | (1 | ) | 436 | |||||||||||||||
Income (loss) from continuing operations |
1,737 | 214 | 130 | | (1 | ) | 2,080 | |||||||||||||||
Discontinued operations(1): |
||||||||||||||||||||||
Gain (loss) from discontinued operations |
(938 | ) | | 65 | 775 | (2 | ) | (100 | ) | |||||||||||||
Benefit from income taxes |
| | (30 | ) | | (1 | ) | (31 | ) | |||||||||||||
Gain (loss) on discontinued operations(2) |
(938 | ) | | 95 | 775 | (1 | ) | (69 | ) | |||||||||||||
Net income (loss) |
799 | 214 | 225 | $ | 775 | $ | (2 | ) | 2,011 | |||||||||||||
Net income applicable to non-controlling interests |
4 | 115 | 116 | | | 235 | ||||||||||||||||
Net income (loss) applicable to Morgan Stanley |
$ | 795 | $ | 99 | $ | 109 | $ | 775 | $ | (2 | ) | $ | 1,776 | |||||||||
68 |
MORGAN STANLEY
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS(Continued)
Three Months Ended March 31, 2009 |
Institutional Securities |
Global Wealth Management Group |
Asset Management |
Intersegment Eliminations |
Total | ||||||||||||||
(dollars in millions) | |||||||||||||||||||
Total non-interest revenues |
$ | 1,851 | $ | 1,112 | $ | 43 | $ | (45 | ) | $ | 2,961 | ||||||||
Net interest |
(250 | ) | 187 | (21 | ) | 20 | (64 | ) | |||||||||||
Net revenues |
$ | 1,601 | $ | 1,299 | $ | 22 | $ | (25 | ) | $ | 2,897 | ||||||||
(Loss) income from continuing operations before income taxes |
$ | (464 | ) | $ | 119 | $ | (283 | ) | $ | (2 | ) | $ | (630 | ) | |||||
(Benefit from) provision for income taxes |
(607 | ) | 46 | (33 | ) | (1 | ) | (595 | ) | ||||||||||
Income (loss) from continuing operations |
143 | 73 | (250 | ) | (1 | ) | (35 | ) | |||||||||||
Discontinued operations(1): |
|||||||||||||||||||
Gain (loss) from discontinued operations |
17 | | (276 | ) | 4 | (255 | ) | ||||||||||||
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes |
6 | | (108 | ) | 2 | (100 | ) | ||||||||||||
Gain (loss) on discontinued operations(2) |
11 | | (168 | ) | 2 | (155 | ) | ||||||||||||
Net income (loss) |
154 | 73 | (418 | ) | 1 | (190 | ) | ||||||||||||
Net loss applicable to non-controlling interests |
(13 | ) | | | | (13 | ) | ||||||||||||
Net income (loss) applicable to Morgan Stanley |
$ | 167 | $ | 73 | $ | (418 | ) | $ | 1 | $ | (177 | ) | |||||||
(1) | See Note 18 for a discussion of discontinued operations. |
(2) | In the quarter ended March 31, 2010, amounts included a loss of $932 million related to the planned disposition of Revel included within the Institutional Securities business segment and a gain of $775 million related to the legal settlement with DFS. Amounts for the quarter ended March 31, 2009 primarily included MSCI within the Institutional Securities business segment and Crescent and Retail Asset Management within the Asset Management business segment. |
Net Interest |
Institutional Securities |
Global Wealth Management Group |
Asset Management |
Intersegment Eliminations |
Total | ||||||||||||||
(dollars in millions) | |||||||||||||||||||
Three Months Ended March 31, 2010 |
|||||||||||||||||||
Interest income |
$ | 1,408 | $ | 339 | $ | 6 | $ | (5 | ) | $ | 1,748 | ||||||||
Interest expense |
1,283 | 148 | 26 | (90 | ) | 1,367 | |||||||||||||
Net interest |
$ | 125 | $ | 191 | $ | (20 | ) | $ | 85 | $ | 381 | ||||||||
Three Months Ended March 31, 2009 |
|||||||||||||||||||
Interest income |
$ | 2,018 | $ | 226 | $ | 7 | $ | (6 | ) | $ | 2,245 | ||||||||
Interest expense |
2,268 | 39 | 28 | (26 | ) | 2,309 | |||||||||||||
Net interest |
$ | (250 | ) | $ | 187 | $ | (21 | ) | $ | 20 | $ | (64 | ) | ||||||
Total Assets(1) |
Institutional Securities |
Global Wealth Management Group |
Asset Management |
Total | ||||||||
(dollars in millions) | ||||||||||||
At March 31, 2010 |
$ | 747,391 | $ | 62,051 | $ | 10,277 | $ | 819,719 | ||||
At December 31, 2009 |
$ | 719,232 | $ | 44,154 | $ | 8,076 | $ | 771,462 | ||||
(1) | Corporate assets have been fully allocated to the Companys business segments. |
69 |
MORGAN STANLEY
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS(Continued)
The Company operates in both U.S. and non-U.S. markets. The Companys non-U.S. business activities are principally conducted through European and Asian locations. The net revenues disclosed in the following table reflect the regional view of the Companys consolidated net revenues on a managed basis, based on the following methodology:
| Institutional Securities: advisory and equity underwritingclient location, debt underwritingrevenue recording location, sales and tradingtrading desk location. |
| Global Wealth Management Group: global representative coverage location. |
| Asset Management: client location, except for merchant banking business, which is based on asset location. |
Three Months Ended March 31, | ||||||
Net revenues |
2010 | 2009 | ||||
(dollars in millions) | ||||||
Americas |
$ | 6,199 | $ | 2,589 | ||
Europe, Middle East, and Africa |
2,013 | 59 | ||||
Asia |
866 | 249 | ||||
Net revenues |
$ | 9,078 | $ | 2,897 | ||
18. | Discontinued Operations. |
See Note 1 for a discussion of the Companys discontinued operations.
The table below provides information regarding amounts included in discontinued operations:
Three Months Ended March 31, |
||||||||
2010 | 2009 | |||||||
(dollars in millions) | ||||||||
Net revenues(1): |
||||||||
Revel |
$ | | $ | (1 | ) | |||
Crescent |
| 60 | ||||||
Retail Asset Management |
185 | 110 | ||||||
MSCI |
| 96 | ||||||
Other |
| 1 | ||||||
$ | 185 | $ | 266 | |||||
Pre-tax (loss) gain on discontinued operations(1): |
||||||||
Revel(2) |
$ | (938 | ) | $ | (3 | ) | ||
Crescent |
| (306 | ) | |||||
Retail Asset Management |
66 | 33 | ||||||
MSCI |
| 22 | ||||||
DFS(3) |
775 | | ||||||
Other |
(3 | ) | (1 | ) | ||||
$ | (100 | ) | $ | (255 | ) | |||
(1) | Amounts included eliminations of intersegment activity. |
(2) | Revel amount included a loss of approximately $932 million in connection with its planned disposition. |
(3) | Amount relates to the legal settlement with DFS. |
70 |
MORGAN STANLEY
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS(Continued)
19. | Subsequent Events. |
Common Dividend. On April 21, 2010, the Company announced that its Board of Directors declared a quarterly dividend per common share of $0.05. The dividend is payable on May 14, 2010 to common shareholders of record on April 30, 2010.
U.K. Tax. In April 2010, the U.K. government enacted legislation imposing a payroll tax on discretionary bonuses over a certain amount awarded to certain employees in the period from December 9, 2009 to April 5, 2010. The Company is still evaluating the impact of this legislation and will recognize a charge in Compensation and benefits expense in the second quarter of 2010 reflecting the amount that will be currently payable by the Company in August 2010.
Japan Securities Joint Venture. On May 1, 2010, the Company and Mitsubishi UFJ Financial Group, Inc. (MUFG) closed the previously announced transaction to form a joint venture in Japan of their respective investment banking and securities businesses. MUFG and the Company have integrated their respective Japanese securities companies by forming two joint venture companies. MUFG contributed the wholesale and retail securities businesses conducted in Japan by its subsidiary Mitsubishi UFJ Securities Co., Ltd. into one of the joint venture entities named Mitsubishi UFJ Morgan Stanley Securities, Co., Ltd. (MUMSS). The Company contributed the investment banking operations conducted in Japan by its subsidiary, Morgan Stanley Japan Securities Co., Ltd. (MSJS), into MUMSS and contributed the sales and trading and capital markets business conducted in Japan by MSJS into a second joint venture entity called Morgan Stanley MUFG Securities, Co., Ltd. (MSMS and, together with MUMSS, the Joint Venture). Following the respective contributions to the Joint Venture and a cash payment of 26 billion yen from MUFG to the Company at closing of the transaction (subject to certain post-closing cash adjustments), the Company owns a 40% economic interest in the Joint Venture and MUFG owns a 60% economic interest in the Joint Venture. The Company holds a 40% voting interest and MUFG holds a 60% voting interest in MUMSS, while the Company holds a 51% voting interest and MUFG holds a 49% voting interest in MSMS.
71 |
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Morgan Stanley:
We have reviewed the accompanying condensed consolidated statement of financial condition of Morgan Stanley and subsidiaries (the Company) as of March 31, 2010, and the related condensed consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, cash flows and changes in total equity for the three-month periods ended March 31, 2010 and March 31, 2009. These condensed consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the management of the Company.
We conducted our reviews in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). A review of interim financial information consists principally of applying analytical procedures and making inquiries of persons responsible for financial and accounting matters. It is substantially less in scope than an audit conducted in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the objective of which is the expression of an opinion regarding the financial statements taken as a whole. Accordingly, we do not express such an opinion.
Based on our reviews, we are not aware of any material modifications that should be made to such condensed consolidated financial statements for them to be in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
We have previously audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated statement of financial condition of the Company as of December 31, 2009, and the consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, cash flows and changes in total equity for the year then ended (not presented herein) included in the Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K; and in our report dated February 26, 2010, which report contains explanatory paragraphs concerning the adoption of Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) accounting guidance that addresses noncontrolling interests in consolidated financial statements, the computation of Earnings Per Share under the two-class method for share-based payment transactions that are participating securities and the accounting for uncertainties in income taxes and an explanatory paragraph concerning the Company changing its fiscal year end from November 30 to December 31, we expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements. In our opinion, the information set forth in the accompanying condensed consolidated statement of financial condition as of December 31, 2009 is fairly stated, in all material respects, in relation to the consolidated statement of financial condition from which it has been derived.
As discussed in Note 1 to the condensed consolidated financial statements, effective January 1, 2010, the Company adopted FASB accounting guidance that addresses transfers of financial assets and extinguishments of liabilities and consolidation of variable interest entities.
/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP
New York, New York
May 7, 2010
72 |
Item 2. | Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations. |
Morgan Stanley (or the Company), a financial holding company, is a global financial services firm that maintains significant market positions in each of its business segmentsInstitutional Securities, Global Wealth Management Group and Asset Management. The Company, through its subsidiaries and affiliates, provides a wide variety of products and services to a large and diversified group of clients and customers, including corporations, governments, financial institutions and individuals. A summary of the activities of each of the business segments is as follows.
Institutional Securities includes capital raising; financial advisory services, including advice on mergers and acquisitions, restructurings, real estate and project finance; corporate lending; sales, trading, financing and market-making activities in equity and fixed income securities and related products, including foreign exchange and commodities; and investment activities.
Global Wealth Management Group, which includes the Companys 51% interest in Morgan Stanley Smith Barney Holdings LLC (MSSB), provides brokerage and investment advisory services to individual investors and small-to-medium sized businesses and institutions covering various investment alternatives; financial and wealth planning services; annuity and other insurance products; credit and other lending products; cash management services; retirement services; and trust and fiduciary services.
Asset Management provides global asset management products and services in equity, fixed income, alternative investments, which includes hedge funds and funds of funds, and merchant banking, which includes real estate, private equity and infrastructure, to institutional and retail clients through proprietary and third-party distribution channels (see Discontinued OperationsRetail Asset Management Business herein). Asset Management also engages in investment activities.
The discussion of the Companys results of operations below may contain forward-looking statements. These statements, which reflect managements beliefs and expectations, are subject to risks and uncertainties that may cause actual results to differ materially. For a discussion of the risks and uncertainties that may affect the Companys future results, please see Forward-Looking Statements immediately preceding Part I, Item 1, Competition and Supervision and Regulation in Part I, Item 1, Risk Factors in Part I, Item 1A and Certain Factors Affecting Results of Operations in Part II, Item 7 of the Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009 (the Form 10-K).
Discontinued Operations.
Revel Entertainment Group, LLC. On March 31, 2010, the Board of Directors authorized a plan of disposal by sale for Revel Entertainment Group, LLC (Revel), a development stage enterprise and subsidiary of the Company that is primarily associated with a development property in Atlantic City, New Jersey. The results of Revel are reported as discontinued operations for all periods presented and were formerly included within the Institutional Securities business segment. The quarter ended March 31, 2010 includes a loss of approximately $932 million in connection with such planned disposition.
Retail Asset Management Business. On October 19, 2009, as part of a restructuring of its Asset Management business segment, the Company entered into a definitive agreement to sell substantially all of its retail asset management business (Retail Asset Management), including Van Kampen Investments, Inc. (Van Kampen), to Invesco Ltd. (Invesco). This transaction allows the Companys Asset Management business segment to focus on its institutional client base, including corporations, pension plans, large intermediaries, foundations and endowments, sovereign wealth funds and central banks, among others.
Under the terms of the definitive agreement, Invesco will purchase substantially all of Retail Asset Management, operating under both the Morgan Stanley and Van Kampen brands, in a stock and cash transaction. The Company
73 |
will receive a 9.4% minority interest in Invesco. The transaction, which has been approved by the Boards of Directors of both companies, is expected to close in mid-2010, subject to customary regulatory, client and fund shareholder approvals. The results of Retail Asset Management are reported as discontinued operations for all periods presented.
MSCI Inc. In May 2009, the Company divested all of its remaining ownership interest in MSCI Inc. (MSCI). The results of MSCI are reported as discontinued operations through the date of sale and were formerly included within the Institutional Securities business segment.
Crescent. Discontinued operations for the quarter ended March 31, 2009 include operating results related to Crescent Real Estate Equities Limited Partnership (Crescent), a former real estate subsidiary of the Company. The Company completed the disposition of Crescent in the fourth quarter of 2009, whereby the Company transferred its ownership interest in Crescent to Crescents primary creditor in exchange for full release of liability on the related loans. The results of Crescent were formerly included in the Asset Management business segment.
Discover. On June 30, 2007, the Company completed the spin-off of its business segment Discover Financial Services (DFS) to its shareholders. On February 11, 2010, DFS paid the Company $775 million in complete satisfaction of its obligations to the Company regarding the sharing of proceeds from the lawsuit against Visa and MasterCard. The payment is recorded as a gain in discontinued operations for the quarter ended March 31, 2010.
See Note 18 to the condensed consolidated financial statements for additional information on discontinued operations.
74 |
Financial Information and Statistical Data (dollars in millions, except where noted and per share amounts).
Three Months Ended March 31, |
||||||||
2010(1) | 2009(2) | |||||||
Net revenues: |
||||||||
Institutional Securities |
$ | 5,344 | $ | 1,601 | ||||
Global Wealth Management Group |
3,105 | 1,299 | ||||||
Asset Management |
653 | 22 | ||||||
Intersegment Eliminations |
(24 | ) | (25 | ) | ||||
Consolidated net revenues |
$ | 9,078 | $ | 2,897 | ||||
Consolidated net income (loss) |
$ | 2,011 | $ | (190 | ) | |||
Net income (loss) applicable to non-controlling interests |
235 | (13 | ) | |||||
Net income (loss) applicable to Morgan Stanley |
$ | 1,776 | $ | (177 | ) | |||
Income (loss) from continuing operations applicable to Morgan Stanley: |
||||||||
Institutional Securities |
$ | 1,733 | $ | 161 | ||||
Global Wealth Management Group |
99 | 73 | ||||||
Asset Management |
14 | (250 | ) | |||||
Intersegment Eliminations |
(1 | ) | (1 | ) | ||||
Income (loss) from continuing operations applicable to Morgan Stanley |
$ | 1,845 | $ | (17 | ) | |||
Amounts applicable to Morgan Stanley: |
||||||||
Income (loss) from continuing operations applicable to Morgan Stanley |
$ | 1,845 | $ | (17 | ) | |||
Loss from discontinued operations applicable to Morgan Stanley, after tax |
(69 | ) | (160 | ) | ||||
Net income (loss) applicable to Morgan Stanley |
$ | 1,776 | $ | (177 | ) | |||
Earnings (loss) earnings applicable to Morgan Stanley common shareholders |
$ | 1,411 | $ | (578 | ) | |||
Earnings (loss) per basic common share: |
||||||||
Income (loss) from continuing operations |
$ | 1.12 | $ | (0.41 | ) | |||
Net loss from discontinued operations(3) |
(0.05 | ) | (0.16 | ) | ||||
Earnings (loss) per basic common share(4) |
$ | 1.07 | $ | (0.57 | ) | |||
Earnings (loss) per diluted common share: |
||||||||
Income (loss) from continuing operations |
$ | 1.03 | $ | (0.41 | ) | |||
Net loss from discontinued operations(3) |
(0.04 | ) | (0.16 | ) | ||||
Earnings (loss) per diluted common share(4) |
$ | 0.99 | $ | (0.57 | ) | |||
Regional net revenues(5): |
||||||||
Americas |
$ | 6,199 | $ | 2,589 | ||||
Europe, Middle East and Africa |
2,013 | 59 | ||||||
Asia |
866 | 249 | ||||||
Consolidated net revenues |
$ | 9,078 | $ | 2,897 | ||||
75 |
Financial Information and Statistical Data (dollars in millions, except where noted and per share amounts)(Continued).
Three Months Ended March 31, |
||||||||
2010(1) | 2009(2) | |||||||
Average common equity (dollars in billions)(6): |
||||||||
Institutional Securities |
$ | 16.3 | $ | 20.3 | ||||
Global Wealth Management Group |
6.6 | 1.3 | ||||||
Asset Management |
2.4 | 2.4 | ||||||
Parent company capital(6) |
12.2 | 4.2 | ||||||
Total from continuing operations |
37.5 | 28.2 | ||||||
Discontinued operations |
0.6 | 1.4 | ||||||
Consolidated average common equity |
$ | 38.1 | $ | 29.6 | ||||
Return on average common equity(6): |
||||||||
Consolidated |
16 | % | N/M | |||||
Institutional Securities(6) |
41 | % | 2 | % | ||||
Global Wealth Management Group |
6 | % | 20 | % | ||||
Asset Management |
1 | % | N/M | |||||
Book value per common share(7) |
$ | 27.65 | $ | 27.10 | ||||
Tangible common equity(8) |
$ | 31,097 | $ | 26,399 | ||||
Tangible book value per common share(9) |
$ | 22.24 | $ | 24.41 | ||||
Tangible common equity to risk-weighted assets ratio(10) |
9.4 | % | 9.2 | % | ||||
Effective income tax rate from continuing operations(11) |
17.3 | % | 94.4 | % | ||||
Worldwide employees(12) |
62,211 | 43,317 | ||||||
Average liquidity (dollars in billions)(13): |
||||||||
Parent company liquidity |
$ | 65 | $ | 61 | ||||
Bank and other subsidiary liquidity |
90 | 84 | ||||||
Total liquidity |
$ | 155 | $ | 145 | ||||
Capital ratios(14): |
||||||||
Total capital ratio |
16.1 | % | 18.2 | % | ||||
Tier 1 capital ratio |
15.1 | % | 16.7 | % | ||||
Tier 1 leverage ratio |
6.1 | % | 7.1 | % | ||||
Tier 1 common ratio |
8.3 | % | 6.2 | % | ||||
Consolidated assets under management or supervision (dollars in billions)(15)(16): |
||||||||
Asset Management |
$ | 262 | $ | 250 | ||||
Global Wealth Management Group |
413 | 119 | ||||||
Total |
$ | 675 | $ | 369 | ||||
76 |
Financial Information and Statistical Data (dollars in millions, except where noted and per share amounts)(Continued).
Three Months Ended March 31, |
||||||||
2010(1) | 2009(2) | |||||||
Institutional Securities: |
||||||||
Pre-tax profit margin(18) |
39 | % | N/M | |||||
Global Wealth Management Group: |
||||||||
Global representatives(19) |
18,140 | 8,148 | ||||||
Annualized net revenue per global representative (dollars in thousands)(20) |
$ | 685 | $ | 630 | ||||
Assets by client segment (dollars in billions): |
||||||||
$10 million or more |
$ | 481 | $ | 146 | ||||
$1 million to $10 million |
670 | 191 | ||||||
Subtotal $1 million or more |
1,151 | 337 | ||||||
$100,000 to $1 million |
408 | 162 | ||||||
Less than $100,000 |
45 | 26 | ||||||
Total client assets |
$ | 1,604 | $ | 525 | ||||
Fee-based assets as a percentage of total client assets |
26 | % | 24 | % | ||||
Client assets per global representative (dollars in millions)(21) |
$ | 88 | $ | 64 | ||||
Bank deposits (dollars in billions)(22) |
$ | 114 | $ | 47 | ||||
Pre-tax profit margin(18) |
9 | % | 9 | % | ||||
Asset Management(15): |
||||||||
Assets under management or supervision (dollars in billions)(17) |
$ | 262 | $ | 250 | ||||
Pre-tax profit margin(18) |
26 | % | N/M |
N/M Not Meaningful.
(1) | Information includes MSSB effective May 31, 2009 (see Note 2 to the condensed consolidated financial statements). |
(2) | Certain prior-period information has been reclassified to conform to the current periods presentation. |
(3) | Amounts include the operating results related to Revel, Retail Asset Management, Crescent, MSCI and other discontinued operations. The first quarter of 2010 also included a gain of $775 million related to the legal settlement with DFS. |
(4) | For the calculation of basic and diluted EPS, see Note 13 to the condensed consolidated financial statements. |
(5) | In the first quarter of 2009, regional net revenues in Europe, Middle East and Africa were negatively impacted by the tightening of the Companys credit spreads resulting from the increase in fair value of certain of the Companys long-term and short-term borrowings, primarily structured notes, for which the fair value option was elected. Regional net revenues reflect the regional view of the Companys consolidated net revenues, on a managed basis, based on the following methodology: |
Institutional Securities: advisory and equity underwritingclient location; debt underwritingrevenue recording location; sales and tradingtrading desk location. Global Wealth Management Group: global representative location. Asset Management: client location, except for the merchant banking business, which is based on asset location. |
(6) | The computation of average common equity for each business segment is based upon an economic capital framework that estimates the amount of equity capital required to support the businesses over a wide range of market environments while simultaneously satisfying regulatory, rating agency and investor requirements. Economic capital is assigned to each business segment based on a regulatory capital framework plus additional capital for stress losses. The Company defines available Parent company capital as capital not specifically designated to a particular business segment. Economic capital requirements are met by regulatory Tier 1 equity (including Morgan Stanley shareholders equity, certain preferred stock, eligible hybrid capital instruments, non-controlling interests and deductions of certain goodwill, intangible assets, net deferred tax assets and debt valuation adjustment (DVA)), subject to regulatory limits. The economic capital framework will evolve over time in response to changes in the business and regulatory environment and to incorporate enhancements in modeling techniques. The return on average common equity uses income from continuing operations applicable to Morgan Stanley less preferred dividends as a percentage of average common equity. The effective tax rates used in the computation of business segment return on average common equity were determined on a separate entity basis. Excluding the effect of the discrete tax benefit in the quarter ended March 31, 2010, the return on average common equity for the Institutional Securities business would have been 31%. |
(7) | Book value per common share equals common shareholders equity of $38,667 million at March 31, 2010 and $29,314 million at March 31, 2009, divided by period end common shares outstanding of 1,398 million at March 31, 2010 and 1,082 million at March 31, 2009. |
(8) | Tangible common equity equals common shareholders equity less goodwill and intangible assets net of allowable mortgage servicing rights. The deduction for goodwill and intangible assets at March 31, 2010 includes only the Companys share of MSSBs goodwill and intangible assets. |
77 |
(9) | Tangible book value per common share equals tangible common equity divided by period end common shares outstanding. |
(10) | Tangible common equity to risk-weighted assets (RWAs) ratio equals tangible common equity divided by total RWAs of $331,913 million at March 31, 2010 and $288,262 million at March 31, 2009. |
(11) | The effective tax rate for the quarter ended March 31, 2010 includes a tax benefit of $382 million, or $0.21 per diluted share, related to the reversal of U.S. deferred tax liabilities associated with prior-years undistributed earnings of certain non-U.S. subsidiaries that were determined to be indefinitely reinvested abroad. Excluding this benefit, the annual effective tax rate in the quarter ended March 31, 2010 would have been 32.5%. The effective tax rate for the quarter ended March 31, 2009 included a tax benefit of $331 million, or $0.33 per diluted share, resulting from the cost of anticipated repatriation of non-U.S. earnings at lower than previously estimated tax rates. Excluding this benefit, the annual effective tax rate for the quarter ended March 31, 2009 would have been 41.9%. |
(12) | Worldwide employees at March 31, 2010 include worldwide employees of businesses contributed by Citigroup Inc. (Citi) related to MSSB. |
(13) | For a discussion of average liquidity, see Liquidity and Capital ResourcesLiquidity Management PoliciesLiquidity Reserves herein. |
(14) | For a discussion of total capital ratio, Tier 1 capital ratio and Tier 1 leverage ratio, see Liquidity and Capital ResourcesRegulatory Requirements herein. For a discussion of Tier 1 common ratio, see Liquidity and Capital ResourcesThe Balance Sheet herein. |
(15) | Amounts exclude certain asset management businesses following the decision to sell the Retail Asset Management business to Invesco. |
(16) | Revenues and expenses associated with these assets are included in the Companys Asset Management and Global Wealth Management Group business segments. |
(17) | Amounts include Asset Managements proportional share of assets managed by entities in which it owns a non-controlling interest. |
(18) | Percentages represent income from continuing operations before income taxes as a percentage of net revenues. |
(19) | Global representatives at March 31, 2010 include global representatives of businesses contributed by Citi related to MSSB. |
(20) | Annualized net revenue per global representative for the quarter ended March 31, 2010 and 2009 equals Global Wealth Management Groups net revenues divided by the quarterly weighted average global representative headcount for the quarter ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. |
(21) | Client assets per global representative equal total period-end client assets divided by period-end global representative headcount. |
(22) | Approximately $56 billion of the bank deposit balances at March 31, 2010 are held at Company-affiliated depositories with the remainder held at Citi-affiliated depositories. These deposit balances are held at certain of the Companys Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the FDIC) insured depository institutions for the benefit of retail clients through their accounts. |
Global Market and Economic Conditions.
During the first quarter of 2010, market and economic conditions continued the recovery that began during 2009.
In the U.S., major equity market indices ended the first quarter of 2010 higher as compared with the beginning of the year, primarily due to investor confidence in an economic recovery and better than expected corporate earnings. Government and business spending increased, while certain sectors of the real estate markets and consumer spending remained challenged. The unemployment rate decreased to 9.7% at March 31, 2010 from 10.0% at December 31, 2009. The Federal Open Market Committee (FOMC) kept its interest rates at historically low levels, and at March 31, 2010, the federal funds target rate was between zero and 0.25%, and the discount rate was 0.75%.
In Europe, major European equity market indices ended the first quarter of 2010 slightly higher as compared with the beginning of the year, despite adverse economic developments, especially in Greece, that emerged during the quarter. Industrial output in the European region was primarily driven by German exports. The euro area unemployment rate remained relatively unchanged at approximately 10% at March 31, 2010. The European Central Bank (ECB) kept its benchmark interest rate at 1.00% and the Bank of England (BOE) kept its benchmark interest rate at 0.50%.
In Asia, industrial output was higher, driven by exports from both China and Japan. Chinas economy also continued to benefit from government spending for capital projects. Equity markets at the end of the first quarter of 2010 were lower in China, while higher in Japan, as compared with the beginning of the year.
Overview of the Quarter ended March 31, 2010 Financial Results.
The Company recorded net income applicable to Morgan Stanley of $1,776 million during the quarter ended March 31, 2010 compared with a net loss applicable to Morgan Stanley of $177 million in the quarter ended March 31, 2009. Comparisons of the current quarter results with the prior year period were affected by results of MSSB, which closed on May 31, 2009.
78 |
Net revenues (total revenues less interest expense) increased to $9,078 million in the quarter ended March 31, 2010 from $2,897 million in the quarter ended March 31, 2009. Net revenues included gains of approximately $54 million related to the widening of the Companys credit spreads on certain long-term and short-term borrowings accounted for at fair value, compared with losses of $1,708 million in the quarter ended March 31, 2009 related to the tightening of the Companys credit spreads on such borrowings. Non-interest expenses increased 86% to $6,562 million from the prior year period, primarily due to higher compensation costs and higher non-compensation costs. Compensation and benefits expense increased 123%, primarily reflecting the consolidation of the expenses of MSSB and higher net revenues. Non-compensation expenses increased 38%, primarily due to additional operating costs and integration costs related to MSSB. Discontinued operations included a loss of $932 million on the planned disposition of Revel and a gain of $775 million related to the legal settlement with DFS. Diluted EPS were $0.99 in the quarter ended March 31, 2010 compared with $(0.57) in the prior year period. Diluted EPS from continuing operations were $1.03 in the quarter ended March 31, 2010 compared with $(0.41) in the prior year period.
The Companys effective income tax rate from continuing operations was 17.3% for the quarter ended March 31, 2010 compared with 94.4% for the quarter ended March 31, 2009. The results for the quarter ended March 31, 2010 included a tax benefit of $382 million related to the reversal of U.S. deferred tax liabilities associated with prior-years undistributed earnings of certain non-U.S. subsidiaries that were determined to be indefinitely reinvested abroad. The results for the quarter ended March 31, 2009 included a tax benefit of $331 million resulting from the cost of anticipated repatriation of non-U.S. earnings at lower than previously estimated tax rates. Excluding the benefits noted above, the annual effective tax rate from continuing operations in the quarter ended March 31, 2010 and 2009 would have been 32.5% and 41.9%, respectively. The decrease in the effective tax rate is reflective of the level and geographic mix of earnings. See Note 16 to the condensed consolidated financial statements for further discussion of the tax benefit recorded in the quarter ended March 31, 2010.
Institutional Securities. Institutional Securities recorded income from continuing operations before income taxes of $2,067 million in the quarter ended March 31, 2010, compared with a loss from continuing operations before income taxes of $464 million in the quarter ended March 31, 2009.
Net revenues increased $3,743 million to $5,344 million in the quarter ended March 31, 2010, which reflected gains of approximately $54 million resulting from the widening of the Companys credit spreads on certain long-term and short-term borrowings accounted for at fair value compared with losses of $1,678 million resulting from the tightening of the Companys credit spreads on such borrowings in the quarter ended March 31, 2009.
Investment banking revenues increased 9% to $887 million from the prior year period, primarily reflecting higher equity and fixed income underwritings, partially offset by lower advisory fees from merger, acquisition and restructuring transactions. Advisory fees from merger, acquisition and restructuring transactions were $327 million, a decrease of 20% and in line with the industry-wide decline in completed market activity from the comparable period of 2009. Underwriting revenues of $560 million increased 40% from the first quarter of 2009. Equity underwriting revenues increased 70% to $264 million, as market activity increased significantly from very low levels a year ago. Fixed income underwriting revenues increased 21% to $296 million, with higher fees from bond issuances, partially offset by lower loan syndication revenues.
Equity sales and trading revenues increased 49% to $1,419 million in the quarter ended March 31, 2010 from the comparable period of 2009. The increase was primarily due to negative revenue in the first quarter of the prior year related to the significant improvement in the Companys debt-related credit spreads. Equity sales and trading revenues reflected positive revenue of $48 million in the quarter ended March 31, 2010 due to the widening of the Companys credit spreads resulting from the decrease in the fair value of certain of the Companys long-term and short-term borrowings, primarily structured notes, for which the fair value option was elected, compared with negative revenue of $555 million in the quarter ended March 31, 2009, related to the tightening of the Companys credit spreads. The current quarter also reflected higher prime brokerage
79 |
revenues, partially offset by lower net revenues from derivative products. Prime brokerage net revenues increased primarily due to higher average client balances. Results in the derivatives business reflected declining levels of market liquidity and volatility during the quarter.
Fixed income sales and trading revenues increased 119% to $2,723 million in the quarter ended March 31, 2010 from $1,244 million in the prior year quarter. Interest rate, currency and credit product revenues in the first quarter of 2010 reflected strong results in credit products particularly in investment grade and distressed debt trading and securitized products. Interest rate, currency and credit product net revenues in the first quarter of 2009 included losses of approximately $460 million resulting from exposure to certain Eastern European counterparties. Results in the first quarter of 2009 also included negative revenue of $1.0 billion from the tightening of the Companys credit spreads resulting from the increase in the fair value of certain of the Companys long-term and short-term borrowings, primarily structured notes, for which the fair value option was elected. Commodity net revenues decreased 52% in the quarter ended March 31, 2010, primarily reflecting reduced levels of volatility and client activity.
In the quarter ended March 31, 2010, other sales and trading net revenues reflected net gains of $1 million compared with net losses of $804 million in the quarter ended March 31, 2009. Results for the first quarter of 2010 included net losses of $15 million (losses on related hedges of $198 million, partially offset by mark-to-market valuations and realized gains of $183 million) associated with loans and lending commitments. Results for the prior year quarter included net losses of $437 million (mark-to-market valuations and realized losses of $333 million and losses on related hedges of $104 million) associated with loans and lending commitments largely related to certain event-driven lending to non-investment grade companies. Results in the quarter ended March 31, 2009 also included losses of $143 million, reflecting the improvement in the Companys debt-related credit spreads on certain debt related to China Investment Corporation Ltd.s (CIC) investment in the Company, and writedowns of securities of $166 million in the Companys domestic subsidiary banks, Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A. and Morgan Stanley Trust (collectively, the Subsidiary Banks).
Principal transactions net investment gains of $174 million were recognized in the quarter ended March 31, 2010 as compared with net investment losses of $790 million in the quarter ended March 31, 2009. The current quarter gains and the prior year quarter losses primarily related to principal investments in real estate and investments that benefit certain employee deferred compensation plans.
Non-interest expenses increased 59% to $3,277 million, primarily due to higher compensation and benefits costs, due to higher levels of net revenues. Non-compensation expenses increased 8%, primarily resulting from higher levels of business activity.
Global Wealth Management Group. Global Wealth Management Group recorded income from continuing operations before income taxes of $278 million in the quarter ended March 31, 2010, compared with $119 million in the quarter ended March 31, 2009. The quarter ended March 31, 2010 includes operating results of MSSB, which closed on May 31, 2009.
Net revenues were $3,105 million, a 139% increase over the prior year quarter, primarily related to incremental net revenues from MSSB. Client assets in fee-based accounts increased 233% to $413 billion at March 31, 2010 and increased as a percentage of total client assets to 26% compared with 24% at March 31, 2009. In addition, total client assets rose to $1,604 billion from $525 billion at March 31, 2009, primarily due to the consolidation of MSSB.
Non-interest expenses increased 140% in the quarter ended March 31, 2010 and included the consolidation of operating expenses of MSSB, the amortization of MSSBs intangible assets, and deal closing costs of $6 million and integration costs of $100 million for MSSB. Compensation and benefits expense increased 134% in the quarter ended March 31, 2010, primarily reflecting MSSB and higher net revenues. As a result of the MSSB transaction, the number of global representatives increased 123% to 18,140 at March 31, 2010 from 8,148 at March 31, 2009.
80 |
Asset Management. Asset Management recorded income from continuing operations before income taxes of $173 million in the quarter ended March 31, 2010 compared with a loss from continuing operations before income taxes of $283 million in the quarter ended March 31, 2009. Net revenues were $653 million compared with $22 million from the prior year period. The increase was primarily due to net investment gains associated with the Companys merchant banking business related to valuation gains within certain consolidated real estate funds sponsored by the Company in the quarter ended March 31, 2010. The prior year quarter reflected net investment losses in the Companys merchant banking business. Asset management, distribution and administration fees increased 12% in the quarter ended March 31, 2010 compared with the quarter ended March 31, 2009, primarily reflecting higher fund management and administration fees due to an increase in average assets under management in equity and alternatives asset classes. Assets under management or supervision within Asset Management were $262 billion at March 31, 2010, up from $250 billion at March 31, 2009, an increase of 5%. This increase reflected market appreciation, partially offset by net customer outflows of $27.9 billion primarily in the Companys money market funds. Non-interest expenses increased 57% in the quarter ended March 31, 2010 compared with the quarter ended March 31, 2009, primarily reflecting an increase in compensation and benefits expense. The increase primarily reflected principal investment losses in the prior year quarter related to employee deferred compensation and co-investment plans, compared with gains in the current quarter.
81 |
Certain Factors Affecting Results of Operations.
The Companys results of operations may be materially affected by market fluctuations and by economic factors. In addition, results of operations in the past have been, and in the future may continue to be, materially affected by many factors of a global nature, including the effect of political and economic conditions and geopolitical events; the effect of market conditions, particularly in the global equity, fixed income and credit markets, including corporate and mortgage (commercial and residential) lending and commercial real estate investments; the impact of current, pending and future legislation, regulation, and legal actions in the U.S. and worldwide; the level and volatility of equity, fixed income and commodity prices, and interest rates, currency values and other market indices; the availability and cost of both credit and capital as well as the credit ratings assigned to the Companys unsecured short-term and long-term debt; investor sentiment and confidence in the financial markets; the Companys reputation; the actions and initiatives of current and potential competitors; and technological changes. Such factors also may have an impact on the Companys ability to achieve its strategic objectives on a global basis. For a further discussion of these and other important factors that could affect the Companys business, see Competition and Supervision and Regulation in Part I, Item 1, and Risk Factors in Part I, Item 1A of the Form 10-K.
Results of Operations.
The following items significantly affected the Companys results of operations in the quarters ended March 31, 2010 and March 31, 2009.
Real Estate Investments. The Company recorded losses in the following business segments related to real estate investments. These amounts exclude investments that benefit certain deferred compensation and employee co-investment plans.
Three Months Ended March 31, |
||||||||
2010 | 2009 | |||||||
(dollars in billions) | ||||||||
Institutional Securities |
||||||||
Continuing operations(1) |
$ | | $ | (0.5 | ) | |||
Discontinued operations(2) |
(0.9 | ) | | |||||
Total Institutional Securities |
(0.9 | ) | (0.5 | ) | ||||
Asset Management: |
||||||||
Continuing operations(3) |
| (0.2 | ) | |||||
Discontinued operations(2) |
| (0.3 | ) | |||||
Total Asset Management |
| (0.5 | ) | |||||
Total |
$ | (0.9 | ) | $ | (1.0 | ) | ||
(1) | Losses related to net realized and unrealized losses from the Companys limited partnership investments in real estate funds and are reflected in Principal transactions net investment revenues in the condensed consolidated statements of income. |
(2) | On March 31, 2010, the Board of Directors authorized a plan of disposal for Revel, a development stage enterprise and subsidiary of the Company that is primarily associated with a development property in Atlantic City, New Jersey. The results of Revel, including the loss from the planned disposal, are reported as discontinued operations for all periods presented and were formerly included within the Institutional Securities business segment. In the Asset Management business segment, amounts relate to Crescent. |
(3) | Losses related to net realized and unrealized losses from real estate investments in the Companys merchant banking business and are reflected in Principal transactionsInvestments in the condensed consolidated statements of income. |
See Other MattersReal Estate herein for further information.
Settlement with DFS. On February 11, 2010, the Company and DFS entered into an agreement in which each party released the other party from claims related to the sharing of proceeds from the lawsuit against Visa and
82 |
MasterCard. In addition, the Company and DFS entered into an agreement to provide that payments made by DFS to the Company in satisfaction of its obligations under the special dividend declared by DFS in June 2007, shall not exceed $775 million. Also on February 11, 2010, DFS paid the Company $775 million in complete satisfaction of its obligations to the Company under the special dividend. This payment is included in discontinued operations in the condensed consolidated statement of income for the quarter ended March 31, 2010.
Mortgage-Related Trading. In the quarter ended March 31, 2010, the Company recorded mortgage-related trading gains of approximately $300 million, primarily related to commercial mortgage-backed securities and commercial whole loan positions.
In the quarter ended March 31, 2009, the Company recorded mortgage-related gains of approximately $0.1 billion. The $0.1 billion included gains on commercial mortgage-backed securities and commercial whole loan positions of approximately $0.6 billion, partially offset by losses on U.S. subprime mortgage proprietary trading exposures of $0.3 billion and losses on non-subprime residential mortgages of approximately $0.2 billion.
Monoline Insurers. Monoline insurers (Monolines) provide credit enhancement to capital markets transactions. The quarter ended March 31, 2010 included losses of $143 million related to Monoline credit exposures as compared with gains of $12 million in the quarter ended March 31, 2009. The current credit environment continued to affect the ability of such financial guarantors to provide credit enhancement to existing capital market transactions. The Companys direct exposure to Monolines is limited to bonds that are insured by Monolines and to derivative contracts with a Monoline as counterparty (principally an affiliate of MBIA Inc.). The Companys exposure to Monolines as of March 31, 2010 consisted primarily of asset-backed securities bonds of approximately $26 million in the portfolio of the Companys Subsidiary Banks that are collateralized primarily by first and second lien subprime mortgages enhanced by financial guarantees, approximately $1.8 billion in insured municipal bond securities and approximately $202 million in net counterparty exposure (gross exposure of approximately $5.1 billion net of cumulative credit valuation adjustments of approximately $2.5 billion and net of hedges). Net counterparty exposure is defined as potential loss to the Company over a period of time in an event of 100% default of a Monoline, assuming zero recovery. The Companys hedging program for Monoline risk includes the use of transactions that effectively mitigate certain market risk components of existing underlying transactions with the Monolines.
Income Tax Benefit. In the quarter ended March 31, 2010, the Company recorded a tax benefit of $382 million, or $0.21 per diluted share, related to the reversal of U.S. deferred tax liabilities associated with prior-years undistributed earnings of certain non-U.S. subsidiaries that were determined to be indefinitely reinvested abroad. In the quarter ended March 31, 2009, the Company recognized a tax benefit of $331 million resulting from the cost of anticipated repatriation of non-U.S. earnings at lower than previously estimated tax rates.
MSSB. During the quarter ended March 31, 2010, the Company recorded deal closing costs of approximately $6 million and integration costs of approximately $100 million. During the quarter ended March 31, 2009, the Company recorded deal closing costs of approximately $10 million and integration costs of approximately $31 million.
Corporate Lending. The Company recorded the following amounts primarily associated with loans and lending commitments carried at fair value within the Institutional Securities business segment:
Three Months Ended March 31, |
||||||||
2010(1) | 2009(1) | |||||||
(dollars in billions) | ||||||||
Gains (losses) on loans and lending commitments |
$ | 0.2 | $ | (0.3 | ) | |||
Losses on hedges |
(0.2 | ) | (0.1 | ) | ||||
Total losses |
$ | | $ | (0.4 | ) | |||
(1) | Amounts include realized and unrealized gains (losses). |
83 |
Morgan Stanley Debt. Net revenues reflected gains of $54 million in the quarter ended March 31, 2010 from the widening of the Companys credit spreads on certain long-term and short-term borrowings, including structured notes and junior subordinated debentures that are accounted for at fair value. Net revenues reflected losses of $1,708 million in the quarter ended March 31, 2009 from the tightening of the Companys credit spreads on such borrowings.
In addition, in the quarter ended March 31, 2009, the Company recorded gains of approximately $250 million from repurchasing its debt in the open market and mark-to-market gains of approximately $70 million on certain swaps previously designated as hedges of a portion of the Companys long-term debt. These swaps were no longer considered hedges once the related debt was repurchased by the Company (i.e., the swaps were de-designated as hedges). During the period the swaps were hedging the debt, changes in fair value of these instruments were generally offset by adjustments to the basis of the debt being hedged.
Structured Investment Vehicles. The Company recognized gains of $43 million in the quarter ended March 31, 2009 related to securities issued by structured investment vehicles (SIVs) included in the Companys condensed consolidated statements of financial condition.
84 |
Substantially all of the Companys operating revenues and operating expenses can be directly attributed to its business segments. Certain revenues and expenses have been allocated to each business segment, generally in proportion to its respective revenues or other relevant measures.
As a result of treating certain intersegment transactions as transactions with external parties, the Company includes an Intersegment Eliminations category to reconcile the business segment results to the Companys consolidated results. Income before taxes in Intersegment Eliminations primarily represents the effect of timing differences associated with the revenue and expense recognition of commissions paid by the Asset Management business segment to the Global Wealth Management Group business segment associated with sales of certain products and the related compensation costs paid to the Global Wealth Management Group business segments global representatives. Intersegment eliminations also reflect the effect of fees paid by the Institutional Securities business segment to the Global Wealth Management Group business segment related to the bank deposit program. Losses from continuing operations before income taxes recorded in Intersegment Eliminations were $2 million in the quarters ended March 31, 2010 and March 31, 2009.
See Other MattersSegments herein for further information regarding transactions affecting the Global Wealth Management Group and Institutional Securities.
85 |
INSTITUTIONAL SECURITIES
INCOME STATEMENT INFORMATION
Three Months Ended March 31, |
||||||||
2010 | 2009 | |||||||
(dollars in millions) | ||||||||
Revenues: |
||||||||
Investment banking |
$ | 887 | $ | 811 | ||||
Principal transactions: |
||||||||
Trading |
3,411 | 1,106 | ||||||
Investments |
174 | (790 | ) | |||||
Commissions |
581 | 512 | ||||||
Asset management, distribution and administration fees |
26 | 26 | ||||||
Other |
140 | 186 | ||||||
Total non-interest revenues |
5,219 | 1,851 | ||||||
Interest income |
1,408 | 2,018 | ||||||
Interest expense |
1,283 | 2,268 | ||||||
Net interest |
125 | (250 | ) | |||||
Net revenues |
5,344 | 1,601 | ||||||
Compensation and benefits |
2,171 | 1,040 | ||||||
Non-compensation expenses |
1,106 | 1,025 | ||||||
Total non-interest expenses |
3,277 | 2,065 | ||||||
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes |
2,067 | (464 | ) | |||||
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes |
330 | (607 | ) | |||||
Income from continuing operations |
1,737 | 143 | ||||||
Discontinued operations: |
||||||||
(Loss) gain from discontinued operations |
(938 | ) | 17 | |||||
Provision for income taxes |
| 6 | ||||||
(Loss) gain on discontinued operations |
(938 | ) | 11 | |||||
Net income |
799 | 154 | ||||||
Net income (loss) applicable to non-controlling interests |
4 | (13 | ) | |||||
Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley |
$ | 795 | $ | 167 | ||||
Amounts attributable to Morgan Stanley common shareholders: |
||||||||
Income from continuing operations, net of tax |
$ | 1,733 | $ | 161 | ||||
(Loss) gain from discontinued operations, net of tax |
(938 | ) | 6 | |||||
Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley |
$ | 795 | $ | 167 | ||||
Investment Banking. Investment banking revenues for the quarter ended March 31, 2010 increased 9% from the comparable period of 2009, primarily reflecting higher equity and fixed income underwritings, partially offset by lower advisory fees from merger, acquisition and restructuring transactions. Advisory fees from merger, acquisition and restructuring transactions were $327 million, a decrease of 20% and in line with the industry-wide decline in completed market activity from the comparable period of 2009. Underwriting revenues of $560 million increased 40% from the first quarter of 2009. Equity underwriting revenues increased 70% to $264 million, as market activity increased significantly from very low levels a year ago. Fixed income underwriting revenues increased 21% to $296 million, with higher fees from bond issuances, partially offset by lower loan syndication revenues.
86 |
Sales and Trading Revenues. Sales and trading revenues are composed of principal transactions trading revenues, commissions, asset management, distribution and administration fees and net interest revenues (expenses). In assessing the profitability of its sales and trading activities, the Company views principal trading, commissions, asset management, distribution and administration fees and net interest revenues (expenses) in the aggregate. In addition, decisions relating to principal transactions are based on an overall review of aggregate revenues and costs associated with each transaction or series of transactions. This review includes, among other things, an assessment of the potential gain or loss associated with a transaction, including any associated commissions, dividends, the interest income or expense associated with financing or hedging the Companys positions, and other related expenses.
See Other MattersSegments and Other MattersDividend Income herein for further information.
Total sales and trading revenues increased 197% in the quarter ended March 31, 2010 from the comparable period of 2009.
Sales and trading revenues by business were as follows:
Three Months Ended March 31, |
|||||||
2010 | 2009(1) | ||||||
(dollars in millions) | |||||||
Equity |
$ | 1,419 | $ | 954 | |||
Fixed income |
2,723 | 1,244 | |||||
Other(2) |
1 | (804 | ) | ||||
Total sales and trading revenues |
$ | 4,143 | $ | 1,394 | |||
(1) | All prior-period amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current periods presentation. |
(2) | Other sales and trading net revenues primarily include net gains (losses) from loans and lending commitments and related hedges associated with the Companys Institutional Securities lending and other corporate activities. |
Equity. Equity sales and trading revenues increased 49% to $1,419 million in the quarter ended March 31, 2010 from the comparable period of 2009. The increase was primarily due to negative revenue in the first quarter of the prior year related to the significant improvement in the Companys debt-related credit spreads. Equity sales and trading revenues reflected positive revenue of $48 million in the quarter ended March 31, 2010 due to the widening of the Companys credit spreads resulting from the decrease in the fair value of certain of the Companys long-term and short-term borrowings, primarily structured notes, for which the fair value option was elected, compared with negative revenue of $555 million in the quarter ended March 31, 2009, related to the tightening of the Companys credit spreads. The current quarter also reflected higher prime brokerage revenues, partially offset by lower net revenues from derivative products. Prime brokerage net revenues increased primarily due to higher average client balances. Results in the derivatives business reflected declining levels of market liquidity and volatility during the quarter.
In the quarter ended March 31, 2010, equity sales and trading revenues also reflected unrealized gains related to changes in the fair value of net derivative contracts attributable to the tightening of the counterparties credit default spreads compared with unrealized losses in the quarter ended March 31, 2009 related to the widening of the counterparties credit default spreads. The Company also recorded unrealized gains in the quarter ended March 31, 2010 related to changes in the fair value of net derivative contracts attributable to the widening of the Companys credit default swap spreads compared with unrealized losses in the prior year quarter related to the tightening of the Companys credit default swap spreads. The unrealized gains and losses were immaterial in both quarters and do not reflect any gains or losses on related non-derivative hedging instruments.
Fixed Income. Fixed income sales and trading revenues increased 119% to $2,723 million in the quarter ended March 31, 2010 from $1,244 million in the prior year quarter. Interest rate, currency and credit product revenues in the first quarter of 2010 reflected strong results in credit products, particularly in investment grade and
87 |
distressed debt trading and securitized products. Interest rate, currency and credit product net revenues in the first quarter of 2009 included losses of approximately $460 million resulting from exposure to certain Eastern European counterparties. Results in the first quarter of 2009 also included negative revenue of $1.0 billion from the tightening of the Companys credit spreads resulting from the increase in the fair value of certain of the Companys long-term and short-term borrowings, primarily structured notes, for which the fair value option was elected. Commodity net revenues decreased 52% in the quarter ended March 31, 2010, primarily reflecting reduced levels of volatility and client activity.
In the quarter ended March 31, 2010, fixed income sales and trading revenues reflected net unrealized gains of $537 million related to changes in the fair value of net derivative contracts attributable to the tightening of the counterparties credit default spreads compared with unrealized losses of $552 million in the quarter ended March 31, 2009 related to the widening of the counterparties credit default spreads. The Company also recorded unrealized gains of $99 million in the quarter ended March 31, 2010, related to changes in the fair value of net derivative contracts attributable to the widening of the Companys credit default swap spreads compared with unrealized losses of $341 million in the quarter ended March 31, 2009 related to the tightening of the Companys credit default swap spreads. The unrealized gains and losses on credit default spreads do not reflect any gains or losses on related non-derivative hedging instruments.
Other. In addition to the equity and fixed income sales and trading revenues discussed above, sales and trading revenues included other trading revenues, consisting primarily of certain activities associated with the Companys corporate lending activities. In the quarter ended March 31, 2010, other sales and trading net revenues reflected net gains of $1 million compared with net losses of $804 million in the quarter ended March 31, 2009. Results for the first quarter of 2010 included net losses of $15 million (losses on related hedges of $198 million, partially offset by mark-to-market valuations and realized gains of $183 million) associated with loans and lending commitments. Results for the prior year quarter included net losses of $437 million (mark-to-market valuations and realized losses of $333 million and losses on related hedges of $104 million) associated with loans and lending commitments largely related to certain event-driven lending to non-investment grade companies. The valuation of these commitments could change in future periods depending on, among other things, the extent that they are renegotiated or repriced or if the associated acquisition transaction does not occur. Results in the quarter ended March 31, 2009 also included losses of $143 million, reflecting the improvement in the Companys debt-related credit spreads on certain debt related to CICs investment in the Company, and writedowns of securities of $166 million in the Companys Subsidiary Banks.
Principal TransactionsInvestments. Principal transactions net investment gains of $174 million were recognized in the quarter ended March 31, 2010 as compared with net investment losses of $790 million in the quarter ended March 31, 2009. The current quarter gains and the prior year quarter losses primarily related to principal investments in real estate and investments that benefit certain employee deferred compensation plans.
Other. Other revenues decreased 25% in the quarter ended March 31, 2010 compared with the first quarter of 2009. The current quarter included higher net servicing fee income. The first quarter of 2009 primarily included gains from the Companys repurchase of debt in the open market (see Certain Factors Affecting Results of OperationsMorgan Stanley Debt herein for further discussion), partially offset by an impairment charge on certain loans.
Non-interest Expenses. Non-interest expenses increased 59% in the quarter ended March 31, 2010, primarily due to higher compensation expense. Compensation and benefits expense increased 109% from the prior year period, primarily due to a higher level of net revenues. Non-compensation expenses increased 8% in the first quarter of 2010. Occupancy and equipment expense decreased 21% in the first quarter of 2010, primarily due to lower leasing costs and lease exiting costs that were incurred in the first quarter of 2009. Brokerage, clearing and exchange fees increased 40%, primarily due to increased trading activity. Marketing and business development expense increased 35%, primarily due to higher levels of business activity.
88 |
GLOBAL WEALTH MANAGEMENT GROUP
INCOME STATEMENT INFORMATION
Three Months Ended March 31, |
|||||||
2010 | 2009 | ||||||
(dollars in millions) | |||||||
Revenues: |
|||||||
Investment banking |
$ | 173 | $ | 61 | |||
Principal transactions: |
|||||||
Trading |
342 | 246 | |||||
Investments |
6 | (14 | ) | ||||
Commissions |
682 | 262 | |||||
Asset management, distribution and administration fees |
1,628 | 511 | |||||
Other |
83 | 46 | |||||
Total non-interest revenues |
2,914 | 1,112 | |||||
Interest income |
339 | 226 | |||||
Interest expense |
148 | 39 | |||||
Net interest |
191 | 187 | |||||
Net revenues |
3,105 | 1,299 | |||||
Compensation and benefits |
1,972 | 844 | |||||
Non-compensation expenses |
855 | 336 | |||||
Total non-interest expenses |
2,827 | 1,180 | |||||
Income from continuing operations before income taxes |
278 | 119 | |||||
Provision for income taxes |
64 | 46 | |||||
Income from continuing operations |
214 | 73 | |||||
Net income |
214 | 73 | |||||
Net income applicable to non-controlling interests |
115 | | |||||
Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley |
$ | 99 | $ | 73 | |||
On May 31, 2009, MSSB was formed (see Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2009 included in the Form 10-K). The Company owns 51% of MSSB, which is consolidated. As a result, the operating results for MSSB are included in the Global Wealth Management Group business segment since May 31, 2009. Net income applicable to non-controlling interests of $115 million in the quarter ended March 31, 2010 primarily represents Citis interest in MSSB.
Investment Banking. Investment banking revenues increased $112 million in the quarter ended March 31, 2010, primarily due to the consolidation of operating revenues of MSSB.
Principal TransactionsTrading. Principal transactions trading revenues increased 39% in the quarter ended March 31, 2010, primarily due to the consolidation of the operating revenues of MSSB. The results in the quarter ended March 31, 2010 also reflected net gains associated with investments that benefit certain employee deferred compensation plans.
Principal TransactionsInvestments. Principal transactions net investment gains were $6 million in the quarter ended March 31, 2010 compared with net investment losses of $14 million in the quarter ended March 31, 2009. The results in the first quarter of 2010 primarily reflected net gains associated with investments that benefit certain employee deferred compensation plans compared with losses on such plans in the prior year period.
89 |
Commissions. Commission revenues increased 160% in the quarter ended March 31, 2010, reflecting the consolidation of operating revenues of MSSB and higher client activity.
Asset Management, Distribution and Administration Fees. Asset management, distribution and administration fees increased 219% in the quarter ended March 31, 2010, primarily due to consolidating the operating revenues of MSSB and fees associated with customer account balances in the bank deposit program. Beginning in June 2009, revenues in the bank deposit program are primarily included in Asset management, distribution and administration fees prospectively. These revenues were previously reported in Interest income. This change is the result of agreements that were entered into in connection with the MSSB transaction.
Balances in the bank deposit program rose to $113.5 billion at March 31, 2010 from $46.8 billion at March 31, 2009, primarily due to MSSB, which include balances held at Citis depository institutions. Deposits held by certain of the Companys FDIC-insured depository institutions were $55.5 billion of the $113.5 billion deposits at March 31, 2010.
Client assets in fee-based accounts increased to $413 billion at March 31, 2010 and represented 26% of total client assets compared with 24% at March 31, 2009. Total client asset balances increased to $1,604 billion at March 31, 2010 from $525 billion at March 31, 2009, primarily due to MSSB. Client asset balances in households greater than $1 million increased to $1,151 billion at March 31, 2010 from $337 billion at March 31, 2009.
Other. Other revenues increased 80% in the quarter ended March 31, 2010 compared with the prior period, primarily due to MSSB.
Net Interest. Net interest revenues increased 2% in the quarter ended March 31, 2010, primarily due to the consolidation of operating results of MSSB partially offset by the change in classification of the bank deposit program noted above and increased funding costs.
Non-interest Expenses. Non-interest expenses increased 140% in the quarter ended March 31, 2010 and included the consolidation of operating expenses of MSSB, the amortization of MSSBs intangible assets, and deal closing costs of $6 million and integration costs of $100 million for MSSB. Compensation and benefits expense increased 134% in the quarter ended March 31, 2010, primarily reflecting MSSB and higher net revenues. Non-compensation expenses increased 154%. Occupancy and equipment expense increased 115%, primarily due to the operating expenses of MSSB. Information processing and communications expense increased 142%, professional services expense increased 107% and other expenses increased 360% in the quarter ended March 31, 2010, primarily due to the operating expenses of MSSB.
90 |
ASSET MANAGEMENT
INCOME STATEMENT INFORMATION
Three
Months Ended March 31, |
||||||||
2010 | 2009 | |||||||
(dollars in millions) | ||||||||
Revenues: |
||||||||
Investment banking |
$ | | $ | 1 | ||||
Principal transactions: |
||||||||
Trading |
(1 | ) | 3 | |||||
Investments |
189 | (346 | ) | |||||
Asset management, distribution and administration fees |
414 | 369 | ||||||
Other |
71 | 16 | ||||||
Total non-interest revenues |
673 | 43 | ||||||
Interest income |
6 | 7 | ||||||
Interest expense |
26 | 28 | ||||||
Net interest |
(20 | ) | (21 | ) | ||||
Net revenues |
653 | 22 | ||||||
Compensation and benefits |
275 | 93 | ||||||
Non-compensation expenses |
205 | 212 | ||||||
Total non-interest expenses |
480 | 305 | ||||||
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes |
173 | (283 | ) | |||||
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes |
43 | (33 | ) | |||||
Income (loss) from continuing operations |
130 | (250 | ) | |||||
Discontinued operations: |
||||||||
Gain (loss) from discontinued operations |
65 | (276 | ) | |||||
Benefit from income taxes |
(30 | ) | (108 | ) | ||||
Gain (loss) from discontinued operations |
95 | (168 | ) | |||||
Net income (loss) |
225 | (418 | ) | |||||
Net income applicable to non-controlling interests |
116 | | ||||||
Net income (loss) applicable to Morgan Stanley |
$ | 109 | $ | (418 | ) | |||
Amounts attributable to Morgan Stanley common shareholders: |
||||||||
Income (loss) from continuing operations, net of tax |
$ | 14 | $ | (250 | ) | |||
Gain (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax |
95 | (168 | ) | |||||
Net income (loss) applicable to Morgan Stanley |
$ | 109 | $ | (418 | ) | |||
91 |
Statistical Data.
The results presented in the statistical tables below exclude the operations of Retail Asset Management, as those results are included in discontinued operations for all periods presented (see Note 18 to the condensed consolidated financial statements).
Asset Managements period-end and average assets under management or supervision were as follows:
At March 31, |
Average For
the Three Months Ended March 31, | |||||||||||
2010 | 2009(1) | 2010 | 2009(1) | |||||||||
(dollars in billions) | ||||||||||||
Assets under management or supervision by asset class: |
||||||||||||
Core asset management: |
||||||||||||
Equity |
$ | 81 | $ | 57 | $ | 79 | $ | 59 | ||||
Fixed incomelong term |
56 | 51 | 55 | 52 | ||||||||
Money market |
51 | 71 | 55 | 78 | ||||||||
Alternatives(2) |
43 | 34 | 41 | 36 | ||||||||
Total core asset management |
231 | 213 | 230 | 225 | ||||||||
Merchant banking: |
||||||||||||
Private equity |
5 | 4 | 5 | 4 | ||||||||
Infrastructure |
4 | 4 | 4 | 4 | ||||||||
Real estate |
15 | 24 | 15 | 30 | ||||||||
Total merchant banking |
24 | 32 | 24 | 38 | ||||||||
Total assets under management or supervision |
255 | 245 | 254 | 263 | ||||||||
Share of non-controlling interest assets(3) |
7 | 5 | 7 | 6 | ||||||||
Total |
$ | 262 | $ | 250 | $ | 261 | $ | 269 | ||||
(1) | Prior-period information has been reclassified to conform to the current periods presentation. |
(2) | The alternatives asset class includes a range of investment products such as hedge funds, funds of hedge funds, funds of private equity funds and funds of real estate funds. |
(3) | Amounts represent Asset Managements proportional share of assets managed by entities in which it owns a non-controlling interest. |
92 |
Activity in Asset Managements assets under management or supervision during the quarters ended March 31, 2010 and 2009 was as follows:
Three Months Ended March 31, |
||||||||
2010 | 2009(1) | |||||||
(dollars in billions) | ||||||||
Balance at beginning of period |
$ | 266 | $ | 290 | ||||
Net flows by asset class: |
||||||||
Core asset management: |
||||||||
Equity |
(1 | ) | (2 | ) | ||||
Fixed incomelong term |
2 | (4 | ) | |||||
Money market |
(9 | ) | (9 | ) | ||||
Alternatives(2) |
| (4 | ) | |||||
Total core asset management |
(8 | ) | (19 | ) | ||||
Merchant banking: |
||||||||
Real estate |
1 | (1 | ) | |||||
Total merchant banking |
1 | (1 | ) | |||||
Total net flows |
(7 | ) | (20 | ) | ||||
Net market appreciation/(depreciation) |
3 | (19 | ) | |||||
Total net decrease |
(4 | ) | (39 | ) | ||||
Net decrease in share of non-controlling interest assets(3) |
| (1 | ) | |||||
Balance at end of period |
$ | 262 | $ | 250 | ||||
(1) | Prior-period information has been reclassified to conform to the current periods presentation. |
(2) | The alternatives asset class includes a range of investment products such as hedge funds, funds of hedge funds, funds of private equity funds and funds of real estate funds. |
(3) | Amounts represent Asset Managements proportional share of assets managed by entities in which it owns a non-controlling interest. |
Principal TransactionsTrading. In the quarter ended March 31, 2010, the Company recognized losses of $1 million compared with gains of $3 million in the quarter ended March 31, 2009. Trading results in the quarter ended March 31, 2010 included losses from hedges on certain investments. The results in the prior year quarter also included net gains of $43 million related to securities issued by SIVs, partially offset by losses from hedges on certain investments and long-term debt.
Principal TransactionsInvestments. The Company recorded principal transactions net investment gains of $189 million in the quarter ended March 31, 2010 compared with losses of $346 million in the quarter ended March 31, 2009. The results in the current quarter were primarily related to net investment gains associated with the Companys merchant banking business, primarily due to valuation gains within certain consolidated real estate funds sponsored by the Company. The Company consolidated certain fund partnerships during the quarter ended September 30, 2009 after providing them with financial assistance and in light of the continued deterioration of equity in the funds. Additional fund partnerships were consolidated as of January 1, 2010 due to the adoption of new consolidation rules. Earnings of these funds related to the limited partnership interests not owned by the Company are reported in Net income (loss) applicable to non-controlling interests on the condensed consolidated statements of income. The current quarter also included gains on private equity and alternatives investments. Losses in the quarter ended March 31, 2009 were primarily related to net investment losses associated with the Companys merchant banking business, including real estate and private equity investments, and losses associated with certain investments for the benefit of the Companys employee deferred compensation and co-investment plans.
93 |
Asset Management, Distribution and Administration Fees. Asset management, distribution and administration fees increased 12% in the quarter ended March 31, 2010 compared with the quarter ended March 31, 2009. The increase in the quarter primarily reflected higher fund management and administration fees due to an increase in average assets under management in equity and alternatives asset classes.
The Companys increase in assets under management reflected market appreciation, partially offset by net customer outflows of $27.9 billion primarily in the Companys money market funds.
Other. Other revenues increased $55 million in the quarter ended March 31, 2010 compared with the quarter ended March 31, 2009, reflecting higher revenues associated with Lansdowne Partners, a London-based investment manager, and Avenue Capital Group, a New York-based investment manager, in which the Company has non-controlling interests.
Non-interest Expenses. Non-interest expenses increased 57% in the quarter ended March 31, 2010 compared with the quarter ended March 31, 2009, primarily reflecting an increase in compensation and benefits expense. Compensation and benefits expense increased $182 million in the quarter ended March 31, 2010. The increase primarily reflected principal investment losses in the prior year quarter related to employee deferred compensation and co-investment plans, compared with gains in the current quarter. Non-compensation expenses decreased 3% in the quarter ended March 31, 2010.
94 |
Scope Exception Related to Embedded Credit Derivatives.
In March 2010, the FASB issued accounting guidance that changes the accounting for credit derivatives embedded in beneficial interests in securitized financial assets. The new guidance will eliminate the scope exception for embedded credit derivatives, unless they are created solely by subordination of one financial instrument to another. Bifurcation and separate recognition may be required for certain beneficial interests that are currently not accounted for at fair value through earnings. This new guidance is effective for the Company beginning in the third quarter of 2010. The Company does not expect the new accounting guidance to have any impact on the condensed consolidated financial statements.
95 |
Real Estate.
The Company acts as the general partner for various real estate funds and also invests in certain of these funds as a limited partner.
The Companys real estate investments are shown below. Such amounts exclude investments that benefit certain employee deferred compensation and co-investment plans:
March 31, 2010 |
December 31, 2009 | |||||
(dollars in billions) | ||||||
Consolidated interests(1) |
$ | 0.5 | $ | 1.5 | ||
Real estate funds |
0.5 | 0.5 | ||||
Infrastructure fund |
0.2 | 0.2 | ||||
Total(2) |
$ | 1.2 | $ | 2.2 | ||
(1) | Condensed consolidated statement of financial condition amounts represent investment assets of consolidated subsidiaries, net of non-controlling interests. The decrease from December 31, 2009 to March 31, 2010 was primarily due to the $932 million write-off in connection with the planned disposition of Revel (see Note 18 to the condensed consolidated financial statements). |
(2) | The Company has contractual capital commitments, guarantees, lending facilities and counterparty arrangements with respect to these investments of $1.3 billion at March 31, 2010 (see Note 10 to the condensed consolidated financial statements). One of the Companys real estate funds is currently engaged in negotiations with its lenders regarding a potential restructuring of loans provided to a specific investment in the funds portfolio. These loans have been extended to allow negotiations to continue. In that context, the lenders may allege various claims that would imply that the fund is obliged to support this investment to an extent that would exceed the funds available liquid resources. In that event, the fund would assert substantial defenses to such claims. The Company is not obliged to provide any support to the fund. A consolidated subsidiary is the general partner of the fund but the loans and guarantees are non-recourse to any other entity or assets of the Company. While the Company cannot provide assurance that the funds negotiations will result in a restructuring, it does not currently believe that the resolution of the restructuring will require the Company to pay or contribute amounts in excess of the amount of guarantees included in the dollar amount set forth above at March 31, 2010. |
See Certain Factors Affecting Results of OperationsReal Estate Investments herein for further information.
U.K. Tax
In April 2010, the U.K. government enacted legislation imposing a payroll tax on discretionary bonuses over a certain amount awarded to certain employees in the period from December 9, 2009 to April 5, 2010. The Company is still evaluating the impact of this legislation and will recognize a charge in Compensation and benefits expense in the second quarter of 2010 reflecting the amount that will be currently payable by the Company in August 2010.
For a further discussion regarding the regulatory outlook for the Company, please refer to Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of OperationsRegulatory Outlook in Part II, Item 7, included in the Form 10-K.
Japan Securities Joint Venture.
On May 1, 2010, the Company and Mitsubishi UFJ Financial Group, Inc. (MUFG) closed the previously announced transaction to form a joint venture in Japan of their respective investment banking and securities businesses. MUFG and the Company have integrated their respective Japanese securities companies by forming two joint venture companies. MUFG contributed the wholesale and retail securities businesses conducted in Japan by its subsidiary Mitsubishi UFJ Securities Co., Ltd. into one of the joint venture entities named Mitsubishi UFJ Morgan Stanley Securities, Co., Ltd. (MUMSS). The Company contributed the investment banking
96 |
operations conducted in Japan by its subsidiary, Morgan Stanley Japan Securities Co., Ltd. (MSJS), into MUMSS and contributed the sales and trading and capital markets business conducted in Japan by MSJS into a second joint venture entity called Morgan Stanley MUFG Securities, Co., Ltd. (MSMS and, together with MUMSS, the Joint Venture). Following the respective contributions to the Joint Venture and a cash payment of 26 billion yen from MUFG to the Company at closing of the transaction (subject to certain post-closing cash adjustments), the Company owns a 40% economic interest in the Joint Venture and MUFG owns a 60% economic interest in the Joint Venture. The Company holds a 40% voting interest and MUFG holds a 60% voting interest in MUMSS, while the Company holds a 51% voting interest and MUFG holds a 49% voting interest in MSMS.
Segments.
Global Wealth Management Group and Institutional Securities.
Effective January 1, 2010, certain transfer pricing arrangements between the Global Wealth Management Group business segment and the Institutional Securities business segment relating to Global Wealth Management Group business segments fixed income trading activities were modified to conform to agreements with Citi in connection with MSSB. In addition, with an effective date of January 1, 2010, the Global Wealth Management Group business segment sold approximately $3 billion of Auction Rate Securities to the Institutional Securities business segment at book value.
Institutional Securities. The Company changed the allocation methodology for funding costs between equity and fixed income sales and trading to more accurately reflect business activity. Effective January 1, 2010, funding costs are allocated 35% to equity sales and trading and 65% to fixed income sales and trading. Prior to January 1, 2010, funding costs were allocated 20% and 80% to equity and fixed income sales and trading, respectively.
Effective January 1, 2010, Equity sales and trading revenues include Asset management, distribution and administrations fees as these fees relate to administrative services primarily provided to the Companys prime brokerage clients and therefore, closely align to equity sales and trading revenues. Prior periods have been adjusted to conform to the current presentation.
Dividend Income.
Effective January 1, 2010, the Company reclassified dividend income associated with trading and investing activities to Principal transactionsTrading or Principal transactionsInvestments depending upon the business activity. Previously, these amounts were included in Interest and dividends on the condensed consolidated statements of income. These reclassifications were made in connection with the Companys conversion to a financial holding company. Prior periods have been adjusted to conform to the current presentation.
Securities Available for Sale.
In the first quarter of 2010, the Company established a portfolio of debt securities in order to manage interest rate risk. The securities have been classified as securities available for sale in accordance with accounting guidance for investments in debt and equity securities and are included within the Global Wealth Management Group business segment.
97 |
The Companys condensed consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S., which require the Company to make estimates and assumptions (see Note 1 to the condensed consolidated financial statements). The Company believes that of its significant accounting policies (see Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2009 in the Form 10-K), the following involve a higher degree of judgment and complexity.
Fair Value.
Financial Instruments Measured at Fair Value. A significant number of the Companys financial instruments are carried at fair value. The Company makes estimates regarding valuation of assets and liabilities measured at fair value in preparing the condensed consolidated financial statements. These assets and liabilities include but are not limited to:
| Financial instruments owned and Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased; |
| Securities available for sale; |
| Securities received as collateral and Obligation to return securities received as collateral; |
| Certain Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings, primarily structured notes; |
| Certain Deposits; |
| Other secured financings; and |
| Certain Long-term borrowings, primarily structured notes and certain junior subordinated debentures. |
Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability (i.e., the exit price) in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.
In determining fair value, the Company uses various valuation approaches. A hierarchy for inputs is used in measuring fair value that maximizes the use of observable prices and inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable prices and inputs by requiring that the relevant observable inputs be used when available. The hierarchy is broken down into three levels, wherein Level 1 uses observable prices in active markets, and Level 3 consists of valuation techniques that incorporate significant unobservable inputs and therefore require the greatest use of judgment. In periods of market disruption, the observability of prices and inputs may be reduced for many instruments. This condition could cause an instrument to be reclassified from Level 1 to Level 2 or Level 2 to Level 3. In addition, a downturn in market conditions could lead to declines in the valuation of many instruments. For further information on the fair value definition, Level 1, Level 2, Level 3 and related valuation techniques, see Notes 1 and 3 to the condensed consolidated financial statements.
Level 3 Assets and Liabilities. The Companys Level 3 assets before the impact of cash collateral and counterparty netting across the levels of the fair value hierarchy were $42.5 billion and $43.4 billion at March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively, and represented approximately 12% and 14% at March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively, of the assets measured at fair value (5% and 6% of total assets at March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively). Level 3 liabilities before the impact of cash collateral and counterparty netting across the levels of the fair value hierarchy were $16.2 billion and $15.4 billion at March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively, and represented approximately 8% and 9%, respectively, of the Companys liabilities measured at fair value.
Transfers In/Out of Level 3 During the Quarter Ended March 31, 2010. The Company reclassified approximately $0.6 billion of certain Corporate and other debt, primarily corporate loans, from Level 3 to Level 2. The Company reclassified the corporate loans as external prices and/or spread inputs for these instruments became observable.
The Company also reclassified approximately $0.9 billion of certain Corporate and other debt from Level 2 to Level 3. The reclassifications were primarily related to corporate loans and were generally due to a reduction in
98 |
market price quotations for these or comparable instruments, or a lack of available broker quotes, such that unobservable inputs had to be utilized for the fair value measurement of these instruments. The Company reclassified the corporate loans as external prices and/or spread inputs became unobservable.
Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Non-Recurring Basis. Certain of the Companys assets were measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis. The Company incurs losses or gains for any adjustments of these assets to fair value. A downturn in market conditions could result in impairment charges in future periods.
For assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis, fair value is determined by using various valuation approaches. The same hierarchy as described above, which maximizes the use of observable inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs by generally requiring that the observable inputs be used when available, is used in measuring fair value for these items.
For further information on financial assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis, see Note 3 to the condensed consolidated financial statements.
Fair Value Control Processes. The Company employs control processes to validate the fair value of its financial instruments, including those derived from pricing models. These control processes are designed to assure that the values used for financial reporting are based on observable inputs wherever possible. In the event that observable inputs are not available, the control processes are designed to assure that the valuation approach utilized is appropriate and consistently applied and that the assumptions are reasonable. These control processes include reviews of the pricing models theoretical soundness and appropriateness by Company personnel with relevant expertise who are independent from the trading desks. Additionally, groups independent from the trading divisions within the Financial Control Group, Market Risk Department and Credit Risk Management Department participate in the review and validation of the fair values generated from pricing models, as appropriate. Where a pricing model is used to determine fair value, recently executed comparable transactions and other observable market data are considered for purposes of validating assumptions underlying the model.
Consistent with market practice, the Company has individually negotiated agreements with certain counterparties to exchange collateral (margining) based on the level of fair values of the derivative contracts they have executed. Through this margining process, one party or each party to a derivative contract provides the other party with information about the fair value of the derivative contract to calculate the amount of collateral required. This sharing of fair value information provides additional support of the Companys recorded fair value for the relevant over-the-counter (OTC) derivative products. For certain OTC derivative products, the Company, along with other market participants, contributes derivative pricing information to aggregation services that synthesize the data and make it accessible to subscribers. This information is then used to evaluate the fair value of these OTC derivative products. For more information regarding the Companys risk management practices, see Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market RiskRisk Management in Part II, Item 7A of the Form 10-K.
Goodwill and Intangible Assets.
Goodwill. The Company tests goodwill for impairment on an annual basis and on an interim basis when certain events or circumstances exist. The Company tests for impairment at the reporting unit level, which is generally one level below its business segments. Goodwill no longer retains its association with a particular acquisition once it has been assigned to a reporting unit. As such, all of the activities of a reporting unit, whether acquired or organically grown, are available to support the value of the goodwill. Goodwill impairment is determined by comparing the estimated fair value of a reporting unit with its respective book value. If the estimated fair value exceeds the book value, goodwill at the reporting unit level is not deemed to be impaired. If the estimated fair value is below book value, however, further analysis is required to determine the amount of the impairment. The estimated fair values of the reporting units are derived based on valuation techniques the Company believes market participants would use for each of the reporting units. The estimated fair values are generally determined
99 |
utilizing methodologies that incorporate price-to-book, price-to-earnings and assets under management multiples of certain comparable companies.
Intangible Assets. Amortizable intangible assets are amortized over their estimated useful lives and reviewed for impairment on an interim basis when certain events or circumstances exist. For amortizable intangible assets, an impairment exists when the carrying amount of the intangible asset exceeds its fair value. An impairment loss will be recognized only if the carrying amount of the intangible asset is not recoverable and exceeds its fair value. The carrying amount of the intangible asset is not recoverable if it exceeds the sum of the expected undiscounted cash flows.
Indefinite-lived intangible assets are not amortized but are reviewed annually (or more frequently when certain events or circumstances exist) for impairment. For indefinite-lived intangible assets, an impairment exists when the carrying amount exceeds its fair value.
See Note 3 to the condensed consolidated financial statements for intangible asset impairments recorded during the quarter ended March 31, 2010.
For both goodwill and intangible assets, to the extent an impairment loss is recognized, the loss establishes the new cost basis of the asset. Subsequent reversal of impairment losses is not permitted. For amortizable intangible assets, the new cost basis is amortized over the remaining useful life of that asset.
See Note 7 to the condensed consolidated financial statements for further information on goodwill and intangible assets.
Legal, Regulatory and Tax Contingencies.
In the normal course of business, the Company has been named, from time to time, as a defendant in various legal actions, including arbitrations, class actions and other litigation, arising in connection with its activities as a global diversified financial services institution. Certain of the actual or threatened legal actions include claims for substantial compensatory and/or punitive damages or claims for indeterminate amounts of damages. In some cases, the entities that would otherwise be the primary defendants in such cases are bankrupt or in financial distress.
The Company is also involved, from time to time, in other reviews, investigations and proceedings (both formal and informal) by governmental and self-regulatory agencies regarding the Companys business, including, among other matters, accounting and operational matters, certain of which may result in adverse judgments, settlements, fines, penalties, injunctions or other relief.
Reserves for litigation and regulatory proceedings are generally determined on a case-by-case basis and represent an estimate of probable losses after considering, among other factors, the progress of each case, prior experience and the experience of others in similar cases, and the opinions and views of internal and external legal counsel. Given the inherent difficulty of predicting the outcome of such matters, particularly in cases where claimants seek substantial or indeterminate damages or where investigations and proceedings are in the early stages, the Company cannot predict with certainty the loss or range of loss, if any, related to such matters, how such matters will be resolved, when they will ultimately be resolved or what the eventual settlement, fine, penalty or other relief, if any, might be.
The Company is subject to the income and indirect tax laws of the U.S., its states and municipalities and those of the foreign jurisdictions in which the Company has significant business operations. These tax laws are complex and subject to different interpretations by the taxpayer and the relevant governmental taxing authorities. The Company must make judgments and interpretations about the application of these inherently complex tax laws when determining the provision for income taxes and the expense for indirect taxes and must also make estimates about when in the future certain items affect taxable income in the various tax jurisdictions. Disputes over interpretations of the tax laws may be settled with the taxing authority upon examination or audit. The Company
100 |
regularly assesses the likelihood of assessments in each of the taxing jurisdictions resulting from current and subsequent years examinations, and tax reserves are established as appropriate.
The Company establishes reserves for potential losses that may arise out of litigation and regulatory proceedings to the extent that such losses are probable and can be estimated in accordance with the requirements for accounting for contingencies. The Company establishes reserves for potential losses that may arise out of tax audits in accordance with accounting for income taxes. Once established, reserves are adjusted when there is more information available or when an event occurs requiring a change. Significant judgment is required in making these estimates, and the actual cost of a legal claim, tax assessment or regulatory fine/penalty may ultimately be materially different from the recorded reserves, if any.
See Notes 10 and 16 to the condensed consolidated financial statements for additional information on legal proceedings and tax examinations.
Special Purpose Entities and Variable Interest Entities.
The Companys involvement with special purpose entities (SPEs) consists primarily of the following:
| Transferring financial assets into SPEs; |
| Acting as an underwriter of beneficial interests issued by securitization vehicles; |
| Holding one or more classes of securities issued by, or making loans to or investments in, SPEs that hold debt, equity, real estate or other assets; |
| Purchasing and selling (in both a market-making and a proprietary-trading capacity) securities issued by SPEs/variable interest entities (VIE), whether such vehicles are sponsored by the Company or not; |
| Entering into derivative transactions with SPEs (whether or not sponsored by the Company); |
| Providing warehouse financing to collateralized debt obligations and collateralized loan obligations; |
| Entering into derivative agreements with non-SPEs whose value is derived from securities issued by SPEs; |
| Servicing assets held by SPEs or holding servicing rights related to assets held by SPEs that are serviced by others under subservicing arrangements; |
| Serving as an asset manager to various investment funds that may invest in securities that are backed, in whole or in part, by SPEs; and |
| Structuring and/or investing in other structured transactions designed to provide enhanced, tax-efficient yields to the Company or its clients. |
The Company engages in securitization activities related to commercial and residential mortgage loans, U.S. agency collateralized mortgage obligations, corporate bonds and loans, municipal bonds and other types of financial instruments. The Companys involvement with SPEs is discussed further in Note 6 to the condensed consolidated financial statements.
In most cases, these SPEs are deemed for accounting purposes to be VIEs. The Company applies accounting guidance for consolidation of VIEs to certain entities in which equity investors do not have the characteristics of a controlling financial interest or do not have sufficient equity at risk for the entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support from other parties. Entities that previously met the criteria as qualifying special purpose entities (QSPEs) that were not subject to consolidation prior to January 1, 2010 became subject to the consolidation requirements for VIEs on that date. Excluding entities subject to the Deferral, effective January 1, 2010, the primary beneficiary of a VIE is the party that both (1) has the power to direct the activities of a VIE that most significantly affect the VIEs economic performance and (2) has an obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits that in either case could potentially be significant to the VIE. The Company consolidates entities of which it is the primary beneficiary.
101 |
The Company determines whether it is the primary beneficiary of a VIE upon its initial involvement with the VIE and reassesses whether it is the primary beneficiary on an ongoing basis as long as it has any continuing involvement with the VIE. This determination is based upon an analysis of the design of the VIE, including the VIEs structure and activities, the power to make significant economic decisions held by the Company and by other parties and the variable interests owned by the Company and other parties.
In addition, the Company serves as an investment advisor to unconsolidated money market and other funds.
See Note 1 to the condensed consolidated financial statements for information on accounting guidance adopted on January 1, 2010 for transfers of financial assets.
102 |
Liquidity and Capital Resources.
The Companys senior management establishes the liquidity and capital policies of the Company. Through various risk and control committees, the Companys senior management reviews business performance relative to these policies, monitors the availability of alternative sources of financing, and oversees the liquidity and interest rate and currency sensitivity of the Companys asset and liability position. The Companys Treasury Department, Firm Risk Committee (FRC), Asset and Liability Management Committee (ALCO) and other control groups assist in evaluating, monitoring and controlling the impact that the Companys business activities have on its condensed consolidated statements of financial condition, liquidity and capital structure.
The Balance Sheet.
The Company actively monitors and evaluates the composition and size of its balance sheet. A substantial portion of the Companys total assets consists of liquid marketable securities and short-term receivables arising principally from Institutional Securities sales and trading activities. The liquid nature of these assets provides the Company with flexibility in managing the size of its balance sheet. The Companys total assets increased to $819,719 million at March 31, 2010 from $771,462 million at December 31, 2009. The increase in total assets was primarily due to higher Financial instruments owned, Securities available for sale and Securities borrowed.
Within the sales and trading related assets and liabilities are transactions attributable to securities financing activities. At March 31, 2010, securities financing assets and liabilities were $385 billion and $344 billion, respectively. At December 31, 2009, securities financing assets and liabilities were $376 billion and $316 billion, respectively. Securities financing transactions include repurchase and resale agreements, securities borrowed and loaned transactions, securities received as collateral and obligation to return securities received, customer receivables/payables and related segregated customer cash. Securities borrowed or purchased under agreements to resell and securities loaned or sold under agreements to repurchase are treated as collateralized financings (see Note 1 to the condensed consolidated financial statements). Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and securities loaned were $206 billion at March 31, 2010 and averaged $224 billion during the quarter ended March 31, 2010. Securities purchased under agreements to resell and securities borrowed were $320 billion at March 31, 2010 and averaged $317 billion during the quarter ended March 31, 2010.
Securities financing assets and liabilities also include matched book transactions with minimal market, credit and/or liquidity risk. Matched book transactions accommodate customers, as well as obtain securities for the settlement and financing of inventory positions. The customer receivable portion of the securities financing transactions includes customer margin loans, collateralized by customer owned securities, and customer cash, which is segregated according to regulatory requirements. The customer payable portion of the securities financing transactions primarily includes customer payables to the Companys prime brokerage clients. The Companys risk exposure on these transactions is mitigated by collateral maintenance policies that limit the Companys credit exposure to customers. Included within securities financing assets was $17 billion and $14 billion at March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively, recorded in accordance with accounting guidance for the transfer of financial assets that represented equal and offsetting assets and liabilities for fully collateralized non-cash loan transactions.
The Company uses the Tier 1 leverage ratio, risk based capital ratios (see Regulatory Requirements herein), Tier 1 common ratio and the balance sheet leverage ratio as indicators of capital adequacy when viewed in the context of the Companys overall liquidity and capital policies. These ratios are commonly-used measures to assess capital adequacy and frequently referred to by investors.
103 |
The following table sets forth the Companys total assets and leverage ratios at March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009 and average balances during the three months ended March 31, 2010:
Balance at | Average Balance(1) | |||||||||||
March 31, 2010 |
December 31, 2009 |
For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2010 |
||||||||||
(dollars in millions, except ratio data) | ||||||||||||
Total assets |
$ | 819,719 | $ | 771,462 | $ | 835,794 | ||||||
Common equity |
$ | 38,667 | $ | 37,091 | $ | 38,106 | ||||||
Preferred equity |
9,597 | 9,597 | 9,597 | |||||||||
Morgan Stanley shareholders equity |
48,264 | 46,688 | 47,703 | |||||||||
Junior subordinated debentures issued to capital trusts |
10,554 | 10,594 | 10,587 | |||||||||
Subtotal |
58,818 | 57,282 | 58,290 | |||||||||
Less: Goodwill and net intangible assets(2) |
(7,570 | ) | (7,612 | ) | (7,592 | ) | ||||||
Tangible Morgan Stanley shareholders equity |
$ | 51,248 | $ | 49,670 | $ | 50,698 | ||||||
Common equity |
$ | 38,667 | $ | 37,091 | $ | 38,106 | ||||||
Less: Goodwill and net intangible assets(2) |
(7,570 | ) | (7,612 | ) | (7,592 | ) | ||||||
Tangible common equity(3) |
$ | 31,097 | $ | 29,479 | $ | 30,514 | ||||||
Leverage ratio(4) |
16.0x | 15.5x | 16.5x | |||||||||
Tier 1 common ratio(5) |
8.3 | % | 8.2 | % | N/M | |||||||
N/M Not meaningful.
(1) | The Company calculates its average balances based upon weekly amounts, except where weekly balances are unavailable, the month-end balances are used. |
(2) | Goodwill and net intangible assets exclude mortgage servicing rights (net of disallowable mortgage servicing rights) of $157 million and $123 million at March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively, and include only the Companys share of MSSBs goodwill and intangible assets. |
(3) | Tangible common equity equals common equity less goodwill and net intangible assets as defined above. The Company views tangible common equity as a useful measure to investors because it is a commonly utilized metric and reflects the common equity deployed in the Companys businesses. |
(4) | Leverage ratio equals total assets divided by tangible Morgan Stanley shareholders equity. The increase in the leverage ratio was driven by the increase in assets. |
(5) | The Tier 1 common ratio equals Tier 1 common equity divided by RWAs. The Company defines Tier 1 common equity as Tier 1 capital less qualifying perpetual preferred stock, qualifying trust preferred securities and qualifying restricted core capital elements, adjusted for the portion of goodwill and non-servicing assets associated with MSSBs non-controlling interests (i.e., Citis share of MSSBs goodwill and intangibles). The Company views its definition of the Tier 1 common equity as a useful measure for investors as it reflects the actual ownership structure and economics of the joint venture. This definition of Tier 1 common equity may evolve in the future as regulatory rules may be implemented based on a final proposal regarding non-controlling interest (also referred to as minority interest) as initially presented in December 2009 in the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision Consultative Document Strengthening the resilience of the banking sector (BCBS 164). For a discussion of RWAs and Tier 1 capital, see Regulatory Requirements herein. |
Balance Sheet and Funding Activity for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2010.
During the quarter ended March 31, 2010, the Company issued notes with a principal amount of approximately $8 billion, including non-U.S. dollar currency notes aggregating approximately $1 billion. In connection with the note issuances, the Company generally enters into certain transactions to obtain floating interest rates based primarily on short-term London Interbank Offered Rates (LIBOR) trading levels. The weighted average maturity of the Companys long-term borrowings, based upon stated maturity dates, was approximately 5.7 years at March 31, 2010.
At March 31, 2010, the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Companys senior indebtedness was approximately $175 billion (including guaranteed obligations of the indebtedness of subsidiaries).
104 |
Equity Capital Management Policies.
The Companys senior management views equity capital as an important source of financial strength. The Company actively manages its consolidated equity capital position based upon, among other things, business opportunities, capital availability and rates of return together with internal capital policies, regulatory requirements and rating agency guidelines and, therefore, in the future may expand or contract its equity capital base to address the changing needs of its businesses. The Company attempts to maintain total equity, on a consolidated basis, at least equal to the sum of its operating subsidiaries equity.
At March 31, 2010, the Companys equity capital (which includes shareholders equity and junior subordinated debentures issued to capital trusts) was $58,818 million, an increase of $1,536 million from December 31, 2009, primarily due to the increase in net income applicable to Morgan Stanley.
At March 31, 2010, the Company had approximately $1.6 billion remaining under its current share repurchase program out of the $6 billion authorized by the Board in December 2006. The share repurchase program is for capital management purposes and considers, among other things, business segment capital needs as well as equity-based compensation and benefit plan requirements. Share repurchases by the Company are subject to regulatory approval. During the quarter ended March 31, 2010, the Company did not repurchase common stock as part of its capital management share repurchase program (see also Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds in Part II, Item 2).
The Board determines the declaration and payment of dividends on a quarterly basis. In April 2010, the Company announced that its Board declared a quarterly dividend per common share of $0.05 (see Note 19 to the condensed consolidated financial statements). The Company also announced that its Board declared a quarterly dividend of $250.00 per share of Series A Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock (represented by depositary shares, each representing 1/1,000th interest in a share of preferred stock and each having a dividend of $0.25); a quarterly dividend of $25.00 per share of Series B Non-Cumulative Non-Voting Perpetual Convertible Preferred Stock and a quarterly dividend of $25.00 per share of Series C Non-Cumulative Non-Voting Perpetual Preferred Stock.
Economic Capital.
The Companys economic capital framework estimates the amount of equity capital required to support the businesses over a wide range of market environments while simultaneously satisfying regulatory, rating agency and investor requirements. The framework continued to evolve over time in response to changes in the business and regulatory environment and to incorporate enhancements in modeling techniques.
Economic capital is assigned to each business segment and sub-allocated to product lines. In principal, each business segment is capitalized as if it were an independent operating entity. This process is intended to align equity capital with the risks in each business in order to allow senior management to evaluate returns on a risk-adjusted basis (such as return on equity and shareholder value added).
Economic capital is based on regulatory capital plus additional capital for stress losses. The Company assesses stress loss capital across various dimensions of market, credit, business and operational risks. Economic capital requirements are met by regulatory Tier 1 capital. For a further discussion of the Companys Tier 1 capital, see Regulatory Requirements herein. The difference between the Companys Tier 1 capital and aggregate economic capital requirements denotes the Companys Parent capital position.
105 |
The Company uses economic capital to allocate Tier 1 capital and common equity to its business segments. The following table presents the Companys allocated average Tier 1 capital and average common equity for the quarter ended March 31, 2010 and the quarter ended December 31, 2009:
Three Months Ended March 31, 2010 |
Three Months Ended December 31, 2009 | |||||||||||
Average Tier 1 Capital |
Average Common Equity |
Average Tier 1 Capital |
Average Common Equity | |||||||||
(dollars in billions) | ||||||||||||
Institutional Securities |
$ | 24.3 | $ | 16.3 | $ | 24.8 | $ | 16.9 | ||||
Global Wealth Management Group |
2.4 | 6.6 | 3.4 | 7.3 | ||||||||
Asset Management |
3.2 | 2.4 | 3.0 | 2.0 | ||||||||
Parent capital |
19.1 | 12.2 | 14.8 | 9.8 | ||||||||
Total from continuing operations |
49.0 | 37.5 | 46.0 | 36.0 | ||||||||
Discontinued operations |
0.4 | 0.6 | 0.6 | 0.8 | ||||||||
Total |
$ | 49.4 | $ | 38.1 | $ | 46.6 | $ | 36.8 | ||||
Average Tier 1 capital and common equity allocated to the Institutional Securities business segment decreased from the quarter ended December 31, 2009 driven by decreases in market risk exposures. Average Tier 1 capital and common equity allocated to the Global Wealth Management Group business segment decreased from the quarter ended December 31, 2009 driven by re-evaluation of its operational risk exposure. Average Tier 1 capital and common equity allocated to Asset Management increased from the quarter ended December 31, 2009, primarily due to the consolidation of certain real estate funds sponsored by the Company.
The Company generally uses available Parent capital for prospective regulatory requirements, organic growth, acquisitions and other capital needs while maintaining adequate capital ratios. For a discussion of risk-based capital ratios, see Regulatory Requirements herein.
Liquidity and Funding Management Policies.
The primary goal of the Companys liquidity management and funding activities is to ensure adequate funding over a wide range of market environments. Given the mix of the Companys business activities, funding requirements are fulfilled through a diversified range of secured and unsecured financing.
The Companys liquidity and funding risk management policies are designed to mitigate the potential risk that the Company may be unable to access adequate financing to service its financial obligations without material franchise or business impact. The key objectives of the liquidity and funding risk management framework are to support the successful execution of the Companys business strategies while ensuring sufficient liquidity through the business cycle and during periods of stressed market conditions.
Liquidity Management Policies.
The principal elements of the Companys liquidity management framework are the Contingency Funding Plan (CFP) and liquidity reserves. Comprehensive financing guidelines (secured funding, long-term funding strategy, surplus capacity, diversification and staggered maturities) support the Companys target liquidity profile.
Contingency Funding Plan. The CFP is the Companys primary liquidity risk management tool. The CFP models a potential, prolonged liquidity contraction over a one-year time period and sets forth a course of action to effectively manage a liquidity event. The CFP and liquidity risk exposures are evaluated on an ongoing basis and reported to the FRC, ALCO and other appropriate risk committees.
106 |
The Companys CFP model incorporates scenarios with a wide range of potential cash outflows during a range of liquidity stress events, including, but not limited to, the following: (i) repayment of all unsecured debt maturing within one year and no incremental unsecured debt issuance; (ii) maturity roll-off of outstanding letters of credit with no further issuance and replacement with cash collateral; (iii) return of unsecured securities borrowed and any cash raised against these securities; (iv) additional collateral that would be required by counterparties in the event of a multi-notch long-term credit ratings downgrade; (v) higher haircuts on or lower availability of secured funding; (vi) client cash withdrawals; (vii) drawdowns on unfunded commitments provided to third parties; and (viii) discretionary unsecured debt buybacks.
The CFP is produced on a parent and major subsidiary level to capture specific cash requirements and cash availability at various legal entities. The CFP assumes that the parent company does not have access to cash that may be held at certain subsidiaries due to regulatory, legal or tax constraints.
Liquidity Reserves. The Company seeks to maintain sufficient liquidity reserves that are sized to cover daily funding needs and meet strategic liquidity targets as outlined in the CFP. These liquidity reserves are held in the form of cash deposits and pools of central bank eligible unencumbered securities. The parent company liquidity reserve is managed globally and consists of overnight cash deposits and unencumbered U.S. and European government bonds, agencies and agency pass-throughs. The Company believes that diversifying the form in which its liquidity reserves (cash and securities) are maintained enhances its ability to quickly and efficiently source funding in a stressed environment. The Companys funding requirements and target liquidity reserves may vary based on changes to the level and composition of its balance sheet, timing of specific transactions, client financing activity, market conditions and seasonal factors.
For the quarter ended March 31, 2010, the total Company liquidity reserve was $153 billion and averaged $155 billion. For the quarter ended March 31, 2010, the total parent liquidity reserve was $57 billion and averaged $65 billion.
Capital Covenants.
In October 2006 and April 2007, the Company executed replacement capital covenants in connection with offerings by Morgan Stanley Capital Trust VII and Morgan Stanley Capital Trust VIII (the Capital Securities). Under the terms of the replacement capital covenants, the Company has agreed, for the benefit of certain specified holders of debt, to limitations on its ability to redeem or repurchase any of the Capital Securities for specified periods of time. For a complete description of the Capital Securities and the terms of the replacement capital covenants, see the Companys Current Reports on Form 8-K dated October 12, 2006 and April 26, 2007.
Funding Management Policies.
The Companys funding management policies are designed to provide for financings that are executed in a manner that reduces the risk of disruption to the Companys operations. The Company pursues a strategy of diversification of secured and unsecured funding sources (by product, by investor and by region) and attempts to ensure that the tenor of the Companys liabilities equals or exceeds the expected holding period of the assets being financed. Maturities of financings are designed to manage exposure to refinancing risk in any one period.
The Company funds its balance sheet on a global basis through diverse sources. These sources may include the Companys equity capital, long-term debt, repurchase agreements, securities lending, deposits, commercial paper, letters of credit and lines of credit. The Company has active financing programs for both standard and structured products in the U.S., European and Asian markets, targeting global investors and currencies such as the U.S. dollar, euro, British pound, Australian dollar and Japanese yen.
Secured Financing. A substantial portion of the Companys total assets consists of liquid marketable securities and short-term receivables arising principally from its Institutional Securities sales and trading activities. The liquid nature of these assets provides the Company with flexibility in financing these assets with collateralized borrowings.
107 |
The Companys goal is to achieve an optimal mix of secured and unsecured funding through appropriate use of collateralized borrowings. The Institutional Securities business segment emphasizes the use of collateralized short-term borrowings to limit the growth of short-term unsecured funding, which is generally more subject to disruption during periods of financial stress. As part of this effort, the Institutional Securities business segment continually seeks to expand its global secured borrowing capacity.
In addition, the Company, through several of its subsidiaries, maintains committed credit facilities to support various businesses, including the collateralized commercial and residential mortgage whole loan, derivative contracts, warehouse lending, emerging market loan, structured product, corporate loan, investment banking and prime brokerage businesses.
The Company also has the ability to access liquidity from the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the Fed) against collateral through the Primary Credit Facility, which is available to provide daily access to funding for depository institutions. The Term Auction Facility was available to depository institutions and allowed for the borrowing of longer term funding on a regular basis at auction on pre-announced dates. The last auction for the Term Auction Facility was on March 8, 2010.
Unsecured Financing. The Company views long-term debt and deposits as stable sources of funding for core inventories and illiquid assets. Securities inventories not financed by secured funding sources and the majority of current assets are financed with a combination of short-term funding, floating rate long-term debt or fixed rate long-term debt swapped to a floating rate and deposits. The Company uses derivative products (primarily interest rate, currency and equity swaps) to assist in asset and liability management and to hedge interest rate risk (see Note 10 to the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2009 included in the Form 10-K).
Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program (TLGP). In October 2008, the Secretary of the U.S. Treasury invoked the systemic risk exception of the FDIC Improvement Act of 1991, and the FDIC announced the TLGP. Based on the Final Rule adopted on November 21, 2008, the TLGP provides a guarantee, through the earlier of maturity or June 30, 2012, of certain senior unsecured debt issued by participating Eligible Entities (including the Company) between October 14, 2008 and June 30, 2009. At March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, the Company had $23.8 billion of senior unsecured debt outstanding under the TLGP. There have been no issuances under the TLGP since March 31, 2009.
Short-Term Borrowings. The Companys unsecured short-term borrowings may consist of commercial paper, bank loans, bank notes and structured notes with maturities of 12 months or less at issuance.
The table below summarizes the Companys short-term unsecured borrowings:
At March 31, 2010 |
At December 31, 2009 | |||||
(dollars in millions) | ||||||
Commercial paper |
$ | 823 | $ | 783 | ||
Other short-term borrowings |
2,500 | 1,595 | ||||
Total |
$ | 3,323 | $ | 2,378 | ||
Deposits. The Companys bank subsidiaries funding sources include bank deposit sweeps, repurchase agreements, federal funds purchased, certificates of deposit, money market deposit accounts, commercial paper and Federal Home Loan Bank advances.
108 |
Deposits were as follows:
At March 31, 2010(1) |
At December 31, 2009(1) | |||||
(dollars in millions) | ||||||
Savings and demand deposits |
$ | 59,056 | $ | 57,114 | ||
Time deposits(2) |
4,870 | 5,101 | ||||
Total |
$ | 63,926 | $ | 62,215 | ||
(1) | Total deposits insured by the FDIC at March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009 were $46 billion. |
(2) | Certain time deposit accounts are carried at fair value under the fair value option (see Note 3 to the condensed consolidated financial statements). |
On October 3, 2008, under the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008, the FDIC temporarily raised the basic limit on federal deposit insurance coverage from $100,000 to $250,000 per depositor. This increased coverage lasts through December 31, 2013 and is in effect for the Companys two U.S. depository institutions.
Pursuant to an FDIC interim rule in April 2010, the Companys FDIC-insured subsidiaries have elected to opt out of the Transaction Account Guarantee Program (TAGP) effective July 1, 2010. Thus, after June 30, 2010, funds held in noninterest-bearing transaction accounts, and certain Negotiable Order of Withdrawal and linked Money Market Deposit accounts will no longer be guaranteed in full under the TAGP, but will be insured up to $250,000 under the FDICs general deposit rules.
Long-Term Borrowings. The Company uses a variety of long-term debt funding sources to generate liquidity, taking into consideration the results of the CFP requirements. In addition, the issuance of long-term debt allows the Company to reduce reliance on short-term credit sensitive instruments (e.g., commercial paper and other unsecured short-term borrowings). Financing transactions are generally structured to ensure staggered maturities, thereby mitigating refinancing risk, and to maximize investor diversification through sales to global institutional and retail clients. Availability and cost of financing to the Company can vary depending on market conditions, the volume of certain trading and lending activities, the Companys credit ratings and the overall availability of credit. During the quarter ended March 31, 2010, the Company issued approximately $8 billion principal amount of unsecured debt, which included approximately $1 billion of non-U.S. dollar currency notes.
The Company may from time to time engage in various transactions in the credit markets (including, for example, debt repurchases) that it believes are in the best interests of the Company and its investors. Maturities and debt repurchases during the quarter ended March 31, 2010 were approximately $10 billion in aggregate.
Long-term borrowings at March 31, 2010 consisted of the following (dollars in millions):
U.S. Dollar | Non-U.S. Dollar |
At March 31, 2010 | |||||||
Due in 2010 |
$ | 14,467 | $ | 2,821 | $ | 17,288 | |||
Due in 2011 |
17,791 | 9,668 | 27,459 | ||||||
Due in 2012 |
21,873 | 15,743 | 37,616 | ||||||
Due in 2013 |
3,416 | 20,120 | 23,536 | ||||||
Due in 2014 |
10,732 | 5,952 | 16,684 | ||||||
Thereafter |
45,753 | 20,867 | 66,620 | ||||||
Total |
$ | 114,032 | $ | 75,171 | $ | 189,203 | |||
109 |
Credit Ratings.
The Company relies on external sources to finance a significant portion of its day-to-day operations. The cost and availability of financing generally are dependent on the Companys short-term and long-term credit ratings. In addition, the Companys debt ratings can have a significant impact on certain trading revenues, particularly in those businesses where longer term counterparty performance is critical, such as OTC derivative transactions, including credit derivatives and interest rate swaps. Factors that are important to the determination of the Companys credit ratings include the level and quality of earnings, capital adequacy, liquidity, risk appetite and management, asset quality, business mix and perceived levels of government support.
The rating agencies have stated that they currently incorporate various degrees of uplift from perceived government support in the credit ratings of systemically important banks including the credit ratings of the Company. Proposed financial reform legislation in the U.S. may be seen as limiting the possibility of extraordinary government support for the financial system in any future financial crises which may lead to reduced uplift assumptions for U.S. banks and thereby place downward pressure on credit ratings. At the same time, the proposed legislation also has credit ratings positive features such as higher standards for capital and liquidity levels. The net result on credit ratings and the timing of any rating agency actions is currently uncertain. The Company continues to closely monitor developments in the U.S. financial reform legislative process.
In connection with certain OTC trading agreements and certain other agreements associated with the Institutional Securities business segment, the Company may be required to provide additional collateral or immediately settle any outstanding liability balances with certain counterparties in the event of a credit rating downgrade. At March 31, 2010, the amount of additional collateral or termination payments that could be called by counterparties under the terms of such agreements in the event of a one-notch downgrade of the Companys long-term credit rating was approximately $1,610 million. A total of approximately $2,983 million in collateral or termination payments could be called in the event of a two-notch downgrade. A total of approximately $3,825 million in collateral or termination payments could be called in the event of a three-notch downgrade.
At April 30, 2010, the Companys and Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A.s senior unsecured ratings were as set forth below:
Company | Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A. | |||||||||||
Short-Term Debt |
Long-Term Debt |
Rating Outlook |
Short-Term Debt |
Long-Term Debt |
Rating Outlook | |||||||
Dominion Bond Rating Service Limited |
R-1 (middle) | A (high) | Negative | | | | ||||||
Fitch Ratings |
F1 | A | Stable | F1 | A+ | Stable | ||||||
Moodys Investors Service |
P-1 | A2 | Negative | P-1 | A1 | Negative | ||||||
Rating and Investment Information, Inc. |
a-1 | A+ | Negative | | | | ||||||
Standard & Poors |
A-1 | A | Negative | A-1 | A+ | Negative |
110 |
Commitments.
The Companys commitments associated with outstanding letters of credit and other financial guarantees obtained to satisfy collateral requirements, investment activities, corporate lending and financing arrangements, mortgage lending and margin lending at March 31, 2010 are summarized below by period of expiration. Since commitments associated with these instruments may expire unused, the amounts shown do not necessarily reflect the actual future cash funding requirements:
Years to Maturity | Total at March 31, 2010 | ||||||||||||||
Less than 1 |
1-3 | 3-5 | Over 5 | ||||||||||||
(dollars in millions) | |||||||||||||||
Letters of credit and other financial guarantees obtained to satisfy collateral requirements |
$ | 853 | $ | 1 | $ | 1 | $ | 6 | $ | 861 | |||||
Investment activities |
940 | 767 | 167 | 72 | 1,946 | ||||||||||
Primary lending commitmentsinvestment grade(1)(2) |
10,558 | 27,321 | 3,938 | 163 | 41,980 | ||||||||||
Primary lending commitmentsnon-investment grade(1) |
833 | 4,179 | 3,957 | 2,656 | 11,625 | ||||||||||
Secondary lending commitments(1) |
67 | 99 | 140 | 35 | 341 | ||||||||||
Commitments for secured lending transactions |
1,296 | 454 | 208 | | 1,958 | ||||||||||
Forward starting reverse repurchase agreements(3) |
75,289 | 101 | | | 75,390 | ||||||||||
Commercial and residential mortgage-related commitments(1) |
906 | | | | 906 | ||||||||||
Underwriting commitments |
500 | | | | 500 | ||||||||||
Other commitments |
216 | 12 | 150 | | 378 | ||||||||||
Total |
$ | 91,458 | $ | 32,934 | $ | 8,561 | $ | 2,932 | $ | 135,885 | |||||
(1) | These commitments are recorded at fair value within Financial instruments owned and Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased in the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition (see Note 3 to the condensed consolidated financial statements). |
(2) | This amount includes commitments to asset-backed commercial paper conduits of $276 million at March 31, 2010, of which $268 million have maturities of less than one year and $8 million of which have maturities of one to three years. |
(3) | The Company enters into forward starting securities purchased under agreements to resell (agreements that have a trade date as of or prior to March 31, 2010 and settle subsequent to period-end) that are primarily secured by collateral from U.S. government agency securities and other sovereign government obligations. These agreements primarily settle within three business days and as of March 31, 2010, $75.3 billion of the $75.4 billion settled within three business days. |
Regulatory Requirements.
The Company is a financial holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 and is subject to the regulation and oversight of the Fed. The Fed establishes capital requirements for the Company, including well-capitalized standards, and evaluates the Companys compliance with such capital requirements (see Supervision and RegulationFinancial Holding Company in Part I, Item 1 of the Form 10-K). The Office of the Comptroller of the Currency and the Office of Thrift Supervision establish similar capital requirements and standards for the Companys national banks and federal savings bank, respectively.
The Company calculates its capital ratios and RWAs in accordance with the capital adequacy standards for financial holding companies adopted by the Fed. These standards are based upon a framework described in the International Convergence of Capital Measurement and Capital Standards, July 1988, as amended, also referred to as Basel I. In December 2007, the U.S. banking regulators published a final Basel II Accord that requires internationally active banking organizations, as well as certain of its U.S. bank subsidiaries, to implement Basel II standards over the next several years. The Company will be required to implement these Basel II standards as a result of becoming a financial holding company.
At March 31, 2010, the Company was in compliance with Basel I capital requirements with ratios of Tier 1 capital to RWAs of 15.1% and total capital to RWAs of 16.1% (6% and 10% being well-capitalized for
111 |
regulatory purposes, respectively). In addition, financial holding companies are also subject to a Tier 1 leverage ratio as defined by the Fed. The Company calculated its Tier 1 leverage ratio as Tier 1 capital divided by adjusted average total assets (which reflects adjustments for disallowed goodwill, certain intangible assets and deferred tax assets). The adjusted average total assets are derived using weekly balances for the calendar quarter.
The following table reconciles the Companys total shareholders equity to Tier 1 and Total Capital as defined by the regulations issued by the Fed and presents the Companys consolidated capital ratios at March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009 (dollars in millions):
At March 31, 2010 |
At December 31, 2009 |
|||||||
(dollars in millions) | ||||||||
Allowable capital |
||||||||
Tier 1 capital: |
||||||||
Common shareholders equity |
$ | 38,667 | $ | 37,091 | ||||
Qualifying preferred stock |
9,597 | 9,597 | ||||||
Qualifying mandatorily convertible trust preferred securities |
5,694 | 5,730 | ||||||
Qualifying restricted core capital elements |
11,687 | 10,867 | ||||||
Less: Goodwill |
(7,169 | ) | (7,162 | ) | ||||
Less: Non-servicing intangible assets |
(4,840 | ) | (4,931 | ) | ||||
Less: Net deferred tax assets |
(2,268 | ) | (3,242 | ) | ||||
Less: Debt valuation adjustment |
(587 | ) | (554 | ) | ||||
Other deductions |
(659 | ) | (726 | ) | ||||
Total Tier 1 capital |
50,122 | 46,670 | ||||||
Tier 2 capital: |
||||||||
Other components of allowable capital: |
||||||||
Qualifying subordinated debt |
3,144 | 3,127 | ||||||
Other qualifying amounts |
145 | 158 | ||||||
Total Tier 2 capital |
3,289 | 3,285 | ||||||
Total allowable capital |
$ | 53,411 | $ | 49,955 | ||||
Total risk-weighted assets |
$ | 331,913 | $ | 305,000 | ||||
Capital ratios |
||||||||
Total capital ratio |
16.1 | % | 16.4 | % | ||||
Tier 1 capital ratio |
15.1 | % | 15.3 | % | ||||
Tier 1 leverage ratio |
6.1 | % | 5.8 | % | ||||
Total allowable capital is composed of Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital. Tier 1 capital consists predominately of common shareholders equity as well as qualifying preferred stock, trust preferred securities mandatorily convertible to common equity and qualifying restricted core capital elements (including other junior subordinated debt issued to trusts and non-controlling interests) less goodwill, non-servicing intangible assets (excluding allowable mortgage servicing rights), net deferred tax assets (recoverable in excess of one year) and DVA. DVA represents the cumulative change in fair value of certain of the Companys borrowings (for which the fair value option was elected) that was attributable to changes in the Companys own instrument-specific credit spreads and is included in retained earnings. For a further discussion of fair value, see Note 3 to the condensed consolidated financial statements. Tier 2 capital consists principally of qualifying subordinated debt.
At March 31, 2010, the Company calculated its RWAs in accordance with the regulatory capital requirements of the Fed, which is consistent with guidelines described under Basel I. RWAs reflect both on and off-balance sheet
112 |
risk of the Company. The risk capital calculations will evolve over time as the Company enhances its risk management methodology and incorporates improvements in modeling techniques while maintaining compliance with the regulatory requirements and interpretations.
Market RWAs reflect capital charges attributable to the risk of loss resulting from adverse changes in market prices and other factors. For a further discussion of the Companys market risks and Value-at-Risk (VaR) model, see Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market RiskRisk Management in Part II, Item 7A, of the Form 10-K. In the quarter ending March 31, 2010, the Fed completed its review of the Companys market risk models for the calculation of market RWAs. The outcome of the review resulted in an increase in the Companys calculation of market RWAs. Market RWAs incorporate two components: systematic risk and specific risk. Systematic and specific risk charges are computed using either the Companys VaR model or Standardized Approach in accordance with regulatory requirements.
Credit RWAs reflect capital charges attributable to the risk of loss arising from a borrower or counterparty failing to meet its financial obligations. For a further discussion of the Companys credit risks, see Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market RiskCredit Risk in Part II, Item 7A, of the Form 10-K and in Item 3 herein. Credit RWAs are determined using Basel I regulatory capital guidelines for U.S. banking organizations issued by the Fed.
113 |
Item 3. | Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk. |
Market Risk.
The Company uses Value-at-Risk (VaR) as one of a range of risk management tools. VaR values should be interpreted in light of the methods strengths and limitations, which include, but are not limited to: historical changes in market risk factors may not be accurate predictors of future market conditions; VaR estimates represent a one-day measurement and do not reflect the risk of positions that cannot be liquidated or hedged in one day; and VaR estimates may not fully incorporate the risk of more extreme market events that are outsized relative to observed historical market behavior or reflect the historical distribution of results beyond the 95% confidence interval. A small proportion of market risk generated by trading positions is not included in VaR, and the modeling of the risk characteristics of some positions relies upon approximations that, under certain circumstances, could produce significantly different VaR results from those produced using more precise measures. For a further discussion of the Companys VaR methodology and its limitations, and the Companys risk management policies and control structure, see Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market RiskRisk Management in Part II, Item 7A of the Form 10-K.
The tables below present the following: the Companys Aggregate, Trading, and Non-Trading quarter end, quarterly average, high, and low VaRs (see Table 1 below). The VaR statistics that would result if the Company were to adopt alternative parameters for its calculations, such as the reported confidence level (95% vs. 99%) for the VaR statistic or a shorter historical time series (four years vs. one year) of market data upon which it bases its simulations are also disclosed (see Table 2 below).
Aggregate VaR also incorporates certain non-trading risks, including (a) the interest rate risk generated by funding liabilities related to institutional trading positions, (b) public company equity positions recorded as investments by the Company and (c) corporate loan exposures that are awaiting distribution to the market. Investments made by the Company that are not publicly traded are not reflected in the VaR results presented below. Aggregate VaR also excludes the credit spread risk generated by the Companys funding liabilities and the interest rate risk associated with approximately $7.7 billion of certain funding liabilities primarily related to fixed and other non-trading assets as of both March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009. The credit spread risk sensitivity of the Companys mark-to-market funding liabilities corresponded to an increase in value of approximately $12 million and $11 million for each +1 basis point widening in the Companys credit spread level at March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively.
The credit spread risk relating to the Companys mark-to-market derivative counterparty exposure is also managed separately from VaR. The credit spread risk sensitivity of this exposure corresponds to an increase in value of approximately $7 million and $8 million for each +1 basis point widening in the Companys credit spread level as of March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively.
The counterparty portfolio, which reflects adjustments, net of hedges, relating to counterparty credit risk and other market risks, was reclassified from Non-Trading VaR into Trading VaR as of January 1, 2010. This reclassification reflects regulatory consideration surrounding the Companys conversion to a financial holding company, and the trading book nature of the Companys counterparty risk-hedging activities. Total Trading and Non-Trading VaR was not affected by this change; however this reclassification increased Trading VaR and decreased Non-Trading VaR. Table 1 shows the VaR results for the quarter ended March 31, 2010 reflecting these adjustments and restates the VaR results for the quarter ended December 31, 2009 to capture the counterparty portfolio in Trading VaR.
Since the VaR statistics reported below are estimates based on historical position and market data, VaR should not be viewed as predictive of the Companys future revenues or financial performance or of its ability to monitor and manage risk. There can be no assurance that the Companys actual losses on a particular day will not exceed the VaR amounts indicated below or that such losses will not occur more than five times in 100 trading days. VaR does not predict the magnitude of losses which, should they occur, may be significantly greater than the VaR amount.
114 |
Table 1 below presents 95%/one-day VaR for each of the Companys primary market risk exposures and on an aggregate basis at March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009. The average, high and low figures for the quarters ended March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009 are also included.
Table 1: 95% Total VaR | 95% One-Day VaR for the Quarter Ended March 31, 2010 |
95% One-Day VaR for the Quarter Ended December 31, 2009 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Primary Market Risk Category |
Period End |
Average | High | Low | Period End |
Average | High | Low | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
(dollars in millions) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest rate and credit spread |
$ | 127 | $ | 127 | $ | 145 | $ | 115 | $ | 142 | $ | 136 | $ | 145 | $ | 121 | ||||||||||||||||
Equity price |
29 | 26 | 31 | 21 | 23 | 25 | 30 | 20 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Foreign exchange rate |
37 | 32 | 50 | 17 | 26 | 28 | 47 | 14 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Commodity price |
26 | 27 | 34 | 23 | 24 | 23 | 28 | 19 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Less Diversification benefit(1) |
(76 | ) | (69 | ) | (95 | ) | (48 | ) | (57 | ) | (60 | ) | (88 | ) | (43 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Total Trading VaR |
$ | 143 | $ | 143 | $ | 165 | $ | 128 | $ | 158 | $ | 152 | $ | 162 | $ | 131 | ||||||||||||||||
Total Non-Trading VaR |
$ | 65 | $ | 62 | $ | 69 | $ | 57 | $ | 67 | $ | 72 | $ | 78 | $ | 66 | ||||||||||||||||
Total Trading and Non-Trading VaR |
$ | 167 | $ | 169 | $ | 197 | $ | 151 | $ | 187 | $ | 187 | $ | 205 | $ | 160 | ||||||||||||||||
(1) | Diversification benefit equals the difference between Total VaR and the sum of the VaRs for the four primary risk categories. This benefit arises because the simulated one-day losses for each of the four primary market risk categories occur on different days; similar diversification benefits also are taken into account within each category. |
The Companys average Trading VaR for the quarter ended March 31, 2010 was $143 million compared with $152 million for the quarter ended December 31, 2009. The decrease in Trading VaR was driven primarily by decreased risk taking in interest rate and corporate credit risk, partially offset by increased position taking in foreign exchange and commodities.
The Companys average Non-Trading VaR for the quarter ended March 31, 2010 was $62 million compared with $72 million for the quarter ended December 31, 2009. The decrease in Non-Trading VaR was driven primarily by decreases in loan exposure in the Non-Trading account.
The Companys average Total Trading and Non-Trading VaR for the quarter ended March 31, 2010 was $169 million compared with $187 million for the quarter ended December 31, 2009. The decrease in Total Trading and Non-Trading VaR was driven primarily by decreased risk taking in interest rate and corporate credit spread risk, partially offset by increased position taking in foreign exchange and commodities.
VaR Statistics under Varying Assumptions.
VaR statistics are not readily comparable across firms because of differences in the breadth of products included in each firms VaR model, in the statistical assumptions made when simulating changes in market factors, and in the methods used to approximate portfolio revaluations under the simulated market conditions. These differences can result in materially different VaR estimates for similar portfolios. The extreme market volatilities in the latter part of 2008 have had a significant impact on VaR in 2009. The impact varies depending on the factor history assumptions, the frequency with which the factor history is updated, and the confidence level. As a result, VaR statistics are more reliable and relevant when used as indicators of trends in risk taking rather than as a basis for inferring differences in risk taking across firms.
115 |
Table 2 below presents the VaR statistics that would result if the Company were to adopt alternative parameters for its calculations, such as the reported confidence level (95% versus 99%) for the VaR statistic or a shorter historical time series (four years versus one year) for market data upon which it bases its simulations:
Table 2: 95% and 99% Average Trading VaR with Four-Year / One- Year Historical Time Series |
95% Average One-Day VaR for the Quarter Ended March 31, 2010 |
99% Average One-Day VaR for the Quarter Ended March 31, 2010 |
||||||||||||||
Primary Market Risk Category |
Four-Year Factor History |
One-Year Factor History |
Four-Year Factor History |
One-Year Factor History |
||||||||||||
(dollars in millions) | ||||||||||||||||
Interest rate and credit spread |
$ | 127 | $ | 129 | $ | 251 | $ | 207 | ||||||||
Equity price |
26 | 26 | 36 | 36 | ||||||||||||
Foreign exchange rate |
32 | 34 | 57 | 55 | ||||||||||||
Commodity price |
27 | 23 | 44 | 37 | ||||||||||||
Less Diversification benefit(1) |
(69 | ) | (64 | ) | (108 | ) | (110 | ) | ||||||||
Total Trading VaR |
$ | 143 | $ | 148 | $ | 280 | $ | 225 | ||||||||
(1) | Diversification benefit equals the difference between Total VaR and the sum of the VaRs for the four risk categories. This benefit arises because the simulated one-day losses for each of the four primary market risk categories occur on different days; similar diversification benefits also are taken into account within each category. |
Distribution of VaR Statistics and Net Revenues for the quarter ended March 31, 2010.
As shown in Table 1 above, the Companys average 95%/one-day Trading VaR for the quarter ended March 31, 2010 was $143 million. The histogram below presents the distribution of the Companys daily 95%/one-day Trading VaR for the quarter ended March 31, 2010. The most frequently occurring value was between $130 million and $135 million, while for approximately 63% of trading days during the quarter, VaR ranged between $130 million and $145 million.
116 |
One method of evaluating the reasonableness of the Companys VaR model as a measure of the Companys potential volatility of net revenue is to compare the VaR with actual trading revenue. Assuming no intra-day trading, for a 95%/one-day VaR, the expected number of times that trading losses should exceed VaR during the year is 13, and, in general, if trading losses were to exceed VaR more than 21 times in a year, the accuracy of the VaR model could be questioned. Accordingly, the Company evaluates the reasonableness of its VaR model by comparing the potential declines in portfolio values generated by the model with actual trading results. For days where losses exceed the 95% or 99% VaR statistic, the Company examines the drivers of trading losses to evaluate the VaR models accuracy relative to realized trading results.
The Company did not incur daily trading losses in excess of the 95%/one-day Trading VaR for the quarter ended on March 31, 2010. Over the longer term, trading losses are expected to exceed VaR an average of three times per quarter at the 95% confidence level. The Company bases its VaR calculations on the long term (or unconditional) distribution with four years of observations, and therefore evaluates its risk from a longer term perspective. The Company is evaluating enhancements to the VaR model to make it more responsive to more recent market conditions, while maintaining a longer-term perspective.
The histogram below shows the distribution of daily net trading revenue for the quarter ended March 31, 2010 for the Companys trading businesses (these figures include revenue from the counterparty portfolio and also include net interest and non-agency commissions but exclude certain non-trading revenues such as primary, fee-based and prime brokerage revenue credited to the trading businesses). During the quarter ended March 31, 2010, the Company experienced net trading losses on 4 days.
117 |
Credit Risk.
For a further discussion of the Companys credit risks, see Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market RiskCredit Risk in Part II, Item 7A of the Form 10-K.
Credit ExposureCorporate Lending. In connection with certain of its Institutional Securities business activities, the Company provides loans or lending commitments (including bridge financing) to selected clients. Such loans and lending commitments can generally be classified as either relationship-driven or event-driven.
Relationship-driven loans and lending commitments are generally made to expand business relationships with select clients. The commitments associated with relationship-driven activities may not be indicative of the Companys actual funding requirements, as the commitment may expire unused or the borrower may not fully utilize the commitment. The borrowers of relationship-driven lending transactions may be investment grade or non-investment grade. The Company may hedge its exposures in connection with relationship-driven transactions.
Event-driven loans and lending commitments refer to activities associated with a particular event or transaction, such as to support client merger, acquisition or recapitalization transactions. The commitments associated with these event-driven activities may not be indicative of the Companys actual funding requirements since funding is contingent upon a proposed transaction being completed. In addition, the borrower may not fully utilize the commitment or the Companys portion of the commitment may be reduced through the syndication process. The borrowers ability to draw on the commitment is also subject to certain terms and conditions, among other factors. The borrowers of event-driven lending transactions may be investment grade or non-investment grade. The Company risk manages its exposures in connection with event-driven transactions through various means, including syndication, distribution and/or hedging.
The following table presents information about the Companys corporate funded loans and lending commitments at March 31, 2010. The total corporate lending exposure column includes both lending commitments and funded loans. Fair value of corporate lending exposure represents the fair value of loans that have been drawn by the borrower and lending commitments that were outstanding at March 31, 2010. Lending commitments represent legally binding obligations to provide funding to clients at March 31, 2010 for both relationship-driven and event-driven lending transactions. As discussed above, these loans and lending commitments have varying terms, may be senior or subordinated, may be secured or unsecured, are generally contingent upon representations, warranties and contractual conditions applicable to the borrower, and may be syndicated, traded or hedged by the Company.
At March 31, 2010, the aggregate amount of investment grade loans was $5.7 billion and the aggregate amount of non-investment grade loans was $7.6 billion. At March 31, 2010, the aggregate amount of lending commitments outstanding was $53.6 billion. In connection with these corporate lending activities (which include corporate funded loans and lending commitments), the Company had hedges (which include single name, sector and index hedges) with a notional amount of $22.3 billion related to the total corporate lending exposure of $67.0 billion at March 31, 2010.
118 |
The table below shows the Companys credit exposure from its corporate lending positions and lending commitments at March 31, 2010. Since commitments associated with these business activities may expire unused, they do not necessarily reflect the actual future cash funding requirements:
Corporate Lending Commitments and Funded Loans at March 31, 2010
Years to Maturity | Total Corporate Lending Exposure(2) |
Corporate Lending Exposure at Fair Value(3) |
Corporate Lending Commitments(4) | ||||||||||||||||||
Credit Rating(1) |
Less than 1 | 1-3 | 3-5 | Over 5 | |||||||||||||||||
(dollars in millions) | |||||||||||||||||||||
AAA |
$ | 541 | $ | 220 | $ | | $ | | $ | 761 | $ | | $ | 761 | |||||||
AA |
3,036 | 4,860 | 277 | | 8,173 | 198 | 7,975 | ||||||||||||||
A |
2,894 | 9,702 | 1,414 | 181 | 14,191 | 1,982 | 12,209 | ||||||||||||||
BBB |
4,996 | 16,502 | 2,928 | 160 | 24,586 | 3,551 | 21,035 | ||||||||||||||
Investment grade |
11,467 | 31,284 | 4,619 | 341 | 47,711 | 5,731 | 41,980 | ||||||||||||||
Non-investment grade |
1,630 | 6,017 | 5,893 | 5,714 | 19,254 | 7,629 | 11,625 | ||||||||||||||
Total |
$ | 13,097 | $ | 37,301 | $ | 10,512 | $ | 6,055 | $ | 66,965 | $ | 13,360 | $ | 53,605 | |||||||
(1) | Obligor credit ratings are determined by Credit Risk Management using methodologies generally consistent with those employed by external rating agencies. |
(2) | Total corporate lending exposure represents the Companys potential loss assuming the fair value of funded loans and lending commitments were zero. |
(3) | The Companys corporate lending exposure carried at fair value includes $13.0 billion of funded loans and $0.5 billion of lending commitments recorded in Financial instruments owned and Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased, respectively, in the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition at March 31, 2010. The Companys corporate lending exposure carried at amortized cost includes $850 million of funded loans recorded in Loans in the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition. |
(4) | Amounts represent the notional amount of unfunded lending commitments less the amount of commitments reflected in the Companys condensed consolidated statements of financial condition. |
Event-driven Loans and Lending Commitments at March 31, 2010.
Included in the total corporate lending exposure amounts in the table above at March 31, 2010 is event-driven exposure of $7.3 billion composed of funded loans of $1.6 billion and lending commitments of $5.7 billion. Included in the $7.3 billion of event-driven exposure at March 31, 2010 were $5.7 billion of loans and lending commitments to non-investment grade borrowers that were closed.
Activity associated with the corporate event-driven lending exposure during the quarter ended March 31, 2010 was as follows (dollars in millions):
Event-driven lending exposures at December 31, 2009 |
$ | 5,621 | ||
Closed commitments |
3,237 | |||
Net reductions, primarily through distributions |
(1,568 | ) | ||
Mark-to-market adjustments |
(6 | ) | ||
Event-driven lending exposures at March 31, 2010 |
$ | 7,284 | ||
119 |
Credit ExposureDerivatives. The table below presents a summary by counterparty credit rating and remaining contract maturity of the fair value of OTC derivatives in a gain position at March 31, 2010. Fair value is presented in the final column net of collateral received (principally cash and U.S. government and agency securities):
OTC Derivative ProductsFinancial Instruments Owned at March 31, 2010(1)
Years to Maturity | Cross- Maturity and Cash Collateral Netting(3) |
Net Exposure Post-Cash Collateral |
Net Exposure Post- Collateral | |||||||||||||||||||
Credit Rating(2) |
Less than 1 | 1-3 | 3-5 | Over 5 | ||||||||||||||||||
(dollars in millions) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
AAA |
$ | 534 | $ | 1,952 | $ | 3,287 | $ | 9,769 | $ | (6,753 | ) | $ | 8,789 | $ | 8,443 | |||||||
AA |
5,635 | 6,953 | 7,101 | 16,481 | (26,290 | ) | 9,880 | 8,010 | ||||||||||||||
A |
9,111 | 8,809 | 7,102 | 25,507 | (39,564 | ) | 10,965 | 9,800 | ||||||||||||||
BBB |
3,404 | 3,990 | 2,347 | 7,501 | (9,623 | ) | 7,619 | 5,547 | ||||||||||||||
Non-investment grade |
2,488 | 3,067 | 1,710 | 4,516 | (3,983 | ) | 7,798 | 6,233 | ||||||||||||||
Total |
$ | 21,172 | $ | 24,771 | $ | 21,547 | $ | 63,774 | $ | (86,213 | ) | $ | 45,051 | $ | 38,033 | |||||||
(1) | Fair values shown represent the Companys net exposure to counterparties related to the Companys OTC derivative products. The table does not include listed derivatives and the effect of any related hedges utilized by the Company. The table also excludes fair values corresponding to other credit exposures, such as those arising from the Companys lending activities. |
(2) | Obligor credit ratings are determined by the Companys Credit Risk Management Department using methodologies generally consistent with those employed by external rating agencies. |
(3) | Amounts represent the netting of receivable balances with payable balances for the same counterparty across maturity categories. Receivable and payable balances with the same counterparty in the same maturity category are netted within such maturity category, where appropriate. Cash collateral received is netted on a counterparty basis, provided legal right of offset exists. |
The following table summarizes the fair values of the Companys OTC derivative products recorded in Financial instruments owned and Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased by product category and maturity at March 31, 2010, including on a net basis, where applicable, reflecting the fair value of related non-cash collateral for financial instruments owned:
OTC Derivative ProductsFinancial Instruments Owned at March 31, 2010
Years to Maturity | Cross- Maturity and Cash Collateral Netting(1) |
Net Exposure Post-Cash Collateral |
Net Exposure Post- Collateral | |||||||||||||||||||
Product Type |
Less than 1 | 1-3 | 3-5 | Over 5 | ||||||||||||||||||
(dollars in millions) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest rate and currency swaps, interest rate options, credit derivatives and other fixed income securities contracts |
$ | 9,723 | $ | 17,605 | $ | 19,668 | $ | 61,947 | $ | (77,457 | ) | $ | 31,486 | $ | 28,123 | |||||||
Foreign exchange forward contracts and options |
3,801 | 752 | 177 | 45 | (2,012 | ) | 2,763 | 2,542 | ||||||||||||||
Equity securities contracts (including equity swaps, warrants and options) |
1,864 | 985 | 389 | 698 | (2,001 | ) | 1,935 | 872 | ||||||||||||||
Commodity forwards, options and swaps |
5,784 | 5,429 | 1,313 | 1,084 | (4,743 | ) | 8,867 | 6,496 | ||||||||||||||
Total |
$ | 21,172 | $ | 24,771 | $ | 21,547 | $ | 63,774 | $ | (86,213 | ) | $ | 45,051 | $ | 38,033 | |||||||
(1) | Amounts represent the netting of receivable balances with payable balances for the same counterparty across maturity and product categories. Receivable and payable balances with the same counterparty in the same maturity category are netted within the maturity category, where appropriate. Cash collateral received is netted on a counterparty basis, provided legal right of offset exists. |
120 |
OTC Derivative ProductsFinancial Instruments Sold, Not Yet Purchased at March 31, 2010(1)
Years to Maturity | Cross- Maturity and Cash Collateral Netting(2) |
Total | |||||||||||||||||
Product Type |
Less than 1 | 1-3 | 3-5 | Over 5 | |||||||||||||||
(dollars in millions) | |||||||||||||||||||
Interest rate and currency swaps, interest rate options, credit derivatives and other fixed income securities contracts |
$ | 6,336 | $ | 10,591 | $ | 13,186 | $ | 34,395 | $ | (45,120 | ) | $ | 19,388 | ||||||
Foreign exchange forward contracts and options |
4,283 | 613 | 250 | 74 | (1,958 | ) | 3,262 | ||||||||||||
Equity securities contracts (including equity swaps, warrants and options) |
4,689 | 2,722 | 1,093 | 831 | (6,032 | ) | 3,303 | ||||||||||||
Commodity forwards, options and swaps |
5,075 | 4,366 | 1,159 | 873 | (5,328 | ) | 6,145 | ||||||||||||
Total |
$ | 20,383 | $ | 18,292 | $ | 15,688 | $ | 36,173 | $ | (58,438 | ) | $ | 32,098 | ||||||
(1) | Since these amounts are liabilities of the Company, they do not result in credit exposures. |
(2) | Amounts represent the netting of receivable balances with payable balances for the same counterparty across maturity and product categories. Receivable and payable balances with the same counterparty in the same maturity category are netted within the maturity category, where appropriate. Cash collateral paid is netted on a counterparty basis, provided legal right of offset exists. |
The Companys derivatives (both listed and OTC), on a net of counterparty and cash collateral basis, at March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009 are summarized in the table below, showing the fair value of the related assets and liabilities by product category:
At March 31, 2010 | At December 31, 2009 | |||||||||||
Product Type |
Assets | Liabilities | Assets | Liabilities | ||||||||
(dollars in millions) | ||||||||||||
Interest rate and currency swaps, interest rate options, credit derivatives and other fixed income securities contracts |
$ | 31,760 | $ | 19,603 | $ | 33,307 | $ | 20,911 | ||||
Foreign exchange forward contracts and options |
2,763 | 3,262 | 3,022 | 2,824 | ||||||||
Equity securities contracts (including equity swaps, warrants and options) |
3,958 | 6,930 | 3,619 | 7,371 | ||||||||
Commodity forwards, options and swaps |
9,425 | 7,982 | 9,133 | 7,103 | ||||||||
Total |
$ | 47,906 | $ | 37,777 | $ | 49,081 | $ | 38,209 | ||||
Each category of derivative products in the above tables includes a variety of instruments, which can differ substantially in their characteristics. Instruments in each category can be denominated in U.S. dollars or in one or more non-U.S. currencies.
The Company determines the fair values recorded in the above tables using various pricing models. For a discussion of fair value as it affects the condensed consolidated financial statements, see Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of OperationsCritical Accounting Policies in Part I, Item 2, herein and Notes 1 and 3 to the condensed consolidated financial statements.
Credit Derivatives. A credit derivative is a contract between a seller (guarantor) and buyer (beneficiary) of protection against the risk of a credit event occurring on a set of debt obligations issued by a specified reference entity. The beneficiary pays a periodic premium (typically quarterly) over the life of the contract and is protected for the period. If a credit event occurs, the guarantor is required to make payment to the beneficiary based on the terms of the credit derivative contract. Credit events include bankruptcy, dissolution or insolvency of the referenced entity, failure to pay, obligation acceleration, repudiation and payment moratorium. Debt restructurings are also considered a credit event in some cases. In certain transactions referenced to a portfolio of referenced entities or asset-backed securities, deductibles and caps may limit the guarantors obligations.
121 |
The Company trades in a variety of derivatives and may either purchase or write protection on a single name or portfolio of referenced entities. The Company is an active market-maker in the credit derivatives markets. As a market-maker, the Company works to earn a bid-offer spread on client flow business and manage any residual credit or correlation risk on a portfolio basis. The Company also trades and takes credit risk in credit default swap form on a proprietary basis. Further, the Company uses credit derivatives to manage its exposure to residential and commercial mortgage loans and corporate lending exposures.
The Company actively monitors its counterparty credit risk related to credit derivatives. A majority of the Companys counterparties are banks, broker-dealers, insurance, and other financial institutions and Monolines. Contracts with these counterparties do not include ratings-based termination events but do include counterparty rating downgrades, which may result in additional collateral being required by the Company. For further information on the Companys exposure to Monolines, see Certain Factors Affecting Results of Operations Monoline Insurers herein. The master agreements with these Monoline counterparties are generally unsecured, and the few ratings-based triggers (if any) generally provide the Company the ability to terminate only upon significant downgrade. As with all derivative contracts, the Company considers counterparty credit risk in the valuation of its positions and recognizes credit valuation adjustments as appropriate.
The following table summarizes the key characteristics of the Companys credit derivative portfolio by counterparty at March 31, 2010. The fair values shown are before the application of any counterparty or cash collateral netting:
At March 31, 2010 | ||||||||||||
Fair Values(1) | Notionals | |||||||||||
Receivable | Payable | Beneficiary | Guarantor | |||||||||
(dollars in millions) | ||||||||||||
Banks and securities firms |
$ | 105,920 | $ | 98,018 | $ | 2,098,133 | $ | 2,002,863 | ||||
Insurance and other financial institutions |
14,217 | 9,007 | 199,635 | 262,375 | ||||||||
Monolines |
4,839 | | 22,816 | | ||||||||
Non-financial entities |
178 | 38 | 2,239 | 2,358 | ||||||||
Total |
$ | 125,154 | $ | 107,063 | $ | 2,322,823 | $ | 2,267,596 | ||||
(1) | Amounts shown are presented before the application of any counterparty or cash collateral netting. The Companys credit default swaps are classified in both Level 2 and Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. Approximately 16% of receivable fair values and 11% of payable fair values represent Level 3 amounts. |
Country Exposure. At March 31, 2010, primarily based on the domicile of the counterparty, approximately 6% of the Companys credit exposure (for credit exposure arising from corporate loans and lending commitments as discussed above and current exposure arising from the Companys OTC derivative contracts) was to emerging markets, and no one emerging market country accounted for more than 1% of the Companys credit exposure.
The Company defines emerging markets to include generally all countries where the economic, legal and political systems are transitional and in the process of developing into more transparent and accountable systems that are consistent with advanced countries.
122 |
The following tables show the Companys percentage of credit exposure from its primary corporate loans and lending commitments and OTC derivative products by country at March 31, 2010:
Country |
Corporate Lending Exposure(1) |
||
United States |
66 | % | |
United Kingdom |
6 | ||
Germany |
6 | ||
Other |
22 | ||
Total |
100 | % | |
(1) Credit exposure amounts are based on the domicile of the counterparty. |
|||
Country |
OTC Derivative Products(1)(2) |
||
United States |
33 | % | |
Cayman Islands |
14 | ||
United Kingdom |
8 | ||
Italy |
8 | ||
France |
4 | ||
Germany |
3 | ||
Jersey |
3 | ||
Ireland |
2 | ||
Canada |
2 | ||
Other |
23 | ||
Total |
100 | % | |
(1) | Credit exposure amounts are based on the domicile of the counterparty. |
(2) | Credit exposure amounts do not reflect the offsetting benefit of financial instruments that the Company utilizes to hedge credit exposure arising from OTC derivative products. |
Industry Exposure. The Company also monitors its credit exposure to individual industries for credit exposure arising from corporate loans and lending commitments as discussed above and current exposure arising from the Companys OTC derivative contracts.
The following table shows the Companys percentage of credit exposure from its primary corporate loans and lending commitments and OTC derivative products by industry at March 31, 2010:
Industry |
Corporate Lending Exposure |
||
Utilities-related |
14 | % | |
Consumer-related entities |
9 | ||
Financial institutions |
9 | ||
Media-related entities |
8 | ||
Energy-related entities |
7 | ||
Telecommunications |
7 | ||
General industrials |
7 | ||
Technology-related industries |
6 | ||
Healthcare-related entities |
6 | ||
Chemical-related industries |
5 | ||
Other |
22 | ||
Total |
100 | % | |
123 |
Industry |
OTC Derivative Products |
||
Financial institutions |
38 | % | |
Sovereign entities |
20 | ||
Insurance |
11 | ||
Utilities-related entities |
9 | ||
Energy-related entities |
4 | ||
Natural resources-related entities |
3 | ||
Other |
15 | ||
Total |
100 | % | |
124 |
FINANCIAL DATA SUPPLEMENT (Unaudited)
Average Balances and Interest Rates and Net Interest Income
Three Months Ended March 31, 2010 | ||||||||||
Average Weekly Balance |
Interest | Annualized Average Rate |
||||||||
(dollars in millions) | ||||||||||
Assets |
||||||||||
Interest earning assets: |
||||||||||
Financial instruments owned(1): |
||||||||||
U.S |
$ | 155,440 | $ | 975 | 2.5 | % | ||||
Non-U.S |
102,951 | 168 | 0.7 | |||||||
Securities available for sale: |
||||||||||
U.S |
4,749 | 10 | 0.9 | |||||||
Loans: |
||||||||||
U.S |
6,818 | 65 | 3.9 | |||||||
Non-U.S |
204 | 5 | 9.9 | |||||||
Interest bearing deposits with banks: |
||||||||||
U.S |
35,442 | 23 | 0.3 | |||||||
Non-U.S |
19,924 | 18 | 0.4 | |||||||
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell and securities borrowed: |
||||||||||
U.S |
216,466 | 27 | 0.1 | |||||||
Non-U.S |
101,001 | 123 | 0.5 | |||||||
Other: |
||||||||||
U.S |
28,065 | 334 | 4.8 | |||||||
Non-U.S |
20,289 | | | |||||||
Total |
691,349 | $ | 1,748 | 1.0 | % | |||||
Non-interest earning assets |
144,445 | |||||||||
Total assets |
$ | 835,794 | ||||||||
Liabilities and Equity |
||||||||||
Interest bearing liabilities: |
||||||||||
Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings: |
||||||||||
U.S |
$ | 1,677 | 3 | 0.7 | % | |||||
Non-U.S |
744 | | | |||||||
Deposits: |
||||||||||
U.S |
63,358 | 172 | 1.1 | |||||||
Non-U.S |
101 | | | |||||||
Long-term debt: |
||||||||||
U.S |
188,994 | 1,061 | 2.3 | |||||||
Non-U.S |
4,317 | 3 | 0.3 | |||||||
Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased(1): |
||||||||||
U.S |
14,820 | | | |||||||
Non-U.S |
64,986 | | | |||||||
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and securities loaned: |
||||||||||
U.S |
150,018 | 146 | 0.4 | |||||||
Non-U.S |
73,959 | 140 | 0.8 | |||||||
Other: |
||||||||||
U.S |
84,357 | (120 | ) | (0.6 | ) | |||||
Non-U.S |
35,362 | (38 | ) | (0.4 | ) | |||||
Total |
682,693 | 1,367 | 0.8 | |||||||
Non-interest bearing liabilities and equity |
153,101 | |||||||||
Total liabilities and equity |
$ | 835,794 | ||||||||
Net interest income and net interest rate spread |
$ | 381 | 0.2 | % | ||||||
125 |
FINANCIAL DATA SUPPLEMENT (Unaudited)Continued
Average Balances and Interest Rates and Net Interest Income
Three Months Ended March 31, 2009 |
||||||||||
Average Balance(2) |
Interest | Annualized Average Rate |
||||||||
(dollars in millions) | ||||||||||
Assets |
||||||||||
Interest earning assets: |
||||||||||
Financial instruments owned(1) |
$ | 175,625 | $ | 1,289 | 3.0 | % | ||||
Loans |
6,443 | 88 | 5.5 | |||||||
Interest bearing deposits with banks |
80,366 | 113 | 0.6 | |||||||
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell and securities borrowed |
224,589 | 444 | 0.8 | |||||||
Other |
36,735 | 311 | 3.4 | |||||||
Total |
$ | 523,758 | $ | 2,245 | 1.7 | % | ||||
Non-interest earning assets |
162,185 | |||||||||
Total assets |
$ | 685,943 | ||||||||
Liabilities and Equity |
||||||||||
Interest bearing liabilities: |
||||||||||
Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings |
$ | 4,915 | $ | 37 | 3.1 | % | ||||
Deposits |
55,503 | 150 | 1.1 | |||||||
Long-term debt |
176,850 | 1,472 | 3.4 | |||||||
Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased(1) |
53,144 | | | |||||||
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and securities loaned |
130,817 | 463 | 1.4 | |||||||
Other |
118,046 | 187 | 0.6 | |||||||
Total |
$ | 539,275 | $ | 2,309 | 1.7 | % | ||||
Non-interest bearing liabilities and equity |
146,668 | |||||||||
Total liabilities and equity |
$ | 685,943 | ||||||||
Net interest income and net interest rate spread |
$ | (64 | ) | | % | |||||
(1) | Interest expense on Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased is reported as a reduction of Interest income. |
(2) | The Company calculates its average balances based upon weekly amounts, except where weekly balances are unavailable, month-end balances are used. |
126 |
FINANCIAL DATA SUPPLEMENT (Unaudited)Continued
Rate/Volume Analysis
The following table sets forth an analysis of the effect on net interest income of volume and rate changes:
Three Months Ended March 31, 2010
versus Three Months Ended March 31, 2009 |
||||||||||||
Increase (decrease) due to change in: | Net change | |||||||||||
Volume | Rate | |||||||||||
(in millions) | ||||||||||||
Interest earning assets |
||||||||||||
Financial instruments owned |
$ | 607 | $ | (753 | ) | $ | (146 | ) | ||||
Securities available for sale |
10 | | 10 | |||||||||
Loans |
8 | (26 | ) | (18 | ) | |||||||
Interest bearing deposits with banks |
(35 | ) | (37 | ) | (72 | ) | ||||||
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell and securities borrowed |
184 | (478 | ) | (294 | ) | |||||||
Other |
98 | (75 | ) | 23 | ||||||||
Change in interest income |
$ | 872 | $ | (1,369 | ) | $ | (497 | ) | ||||
Interest bearing liabilities |
||||||||||||
Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings |
$ | (19 | ) | $ | (15 | ) | $ | (34 | ) | |||
Deposits |
22 | | 22 | |||||||||
Long-term debt |
137 | (545 | ) | (408 | ) | |||||||
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase |
330 | (507 | ) | (177 | ) | |||||||
Other |
2 | (347 | ) | (345 | ) | |||||||
Change in interest expense |
$ | 472 | $ | (1,414 | ) | $ | (942 | ) | ||||
Change in net interest income |
$ | 400 | $ | 45 | $ | 445 | ||||||
127 |
Item 1. | Legal Proceedings. |
In addition to the matters described in the Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009 (the Form 10-K) and those described below, in the normal course of business, the Company has been named, from time to time, as a defendant in various legal actions, including arbitrations, class actions and other litigation, arising in connection with its activities as a global diversified financial services institution. Certain of the actual or threatened legal actions include claims for substantial compensatory and/or punitive damages or claims for indeterminate amounts of damages. In some cases, the entities that would otherwise be the primary defendants in such cases are bankrupt or in financial distress.
The Company is also involved, from time to time, in other reviews, investigations and proceedings (both formal and informal) by governmental and self-regulatory agencies regarding the Companys business including, among other matters, accounting and operational matters, certain of which may result in adverse judgments, settlements, fines, penalties, injunctions or other relief.
The Company contests liability and/or the amount of damages as appropriate in each pending matter. In view of the inherent difficulty of predicting the outcome of such matters, particularly in cases where claimants seek substantial or indeterminate damages or where investigations and proceedings are in the early stages, the Company cannot predict with certainty the loss or range of loss, if any, related to such matters, how or if such matters will be resolved, when they will ultimately be resolved, or what the eventual settlement, fine, penalty or other relief, if any, might be. Subject to the foregoing, the Company believes, based on current knowledge and after consultation with counsel, that the outcome of such pending matters will not have a material adverse effect on the consolidated financial condition of the Company, although the outcome of such matters could be material to the Companys operating results and cash flows for a particular future period depending on, among other things, the level of the Companys revenues or income for such period.
The following developments have occurred with respect to certain matters previously reported in the Form 10-K:
Residential Mortgage-Related Matters.
On March 17, 2010, the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York denied without prejudice the underwriter defendants motion to dismiss the complaint in the In re: Lehman Brothers Equity/Debt Securities Litigation matter and granted plaintiffs leave to file an amended complaint, which they filed on April 23, 2010.
Auction Rate Securities Matters.
On April 20, 2010, the Companys Board of Directors resolved to reject, in its entirety, the demand made upon it by letter from plaintiffs counsel in In re Morgan Stanley & Co. Inc. Auction Rate Securities Derivative Litigation and thereafter advised plaintiffs counsel of same.
Executive Compensation-Related Matter.
On April 16, 2010, the defendants filed motions to dismiss the shareholder derivative complaint in Security Police and Fire Professionals of America Retirement Fund v. Mack, et al.
Item 1A. | Risk Factors. |
For a discussion of the risk factors affecting the Company, see Risk Factors in Part I, Item 1A of the Form 10-K.
128 |
Item 2. | Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds. |
The table below sets forth the information with respect to purchases made by or on behalf of the Company of its common stock during the quarterly period ended March 31, 2010.
Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
(dollars in millions, except per share amounts)
Period |
Total Number of Shares Purchased |
Average Price Paid Per Share |
Total Number of Shares Purchased As Part of Publicly Announced Plans or Programs (C) |
Approximate Dollar Value of Shares that May Yet Be Purchased Under the Plans or Programs | ||||||
Month #1 (January 1, 2010January 31, 2010) |
||||||||||
Share Repurchase Program (A) |
| | | $ | 1,560 | |||||
Employee Transactions (B) |
8,214,737 | $ | 29.79 | | | |||||
Month #2 (February 1, 2010February 28, 2010) |
||||||||||
Share Repurchase Program (A) |
| | | $ | 1,560 | |||||
Employee Transactions (B) |
75,514 | $ | 27.72 | | | |||||
Month #3 (March 1, 2010March 31, 2010) |
||||||||||
Share Repurchase Program (A) |
| | | $ | 1,560 | |||||
Employee Transactions (B) |
517,289 | $ | 29.16 | | | |||||
Total |
||||||||||
Share Repurchase Program (A) |
| | | $ | 1,560 | |||||
Employee Transactions (B) |
8,807,540 | $ | 29.74 | | |
(A) | On December 19, 2006, the Company announced that its Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to $6 billion of the Companys outstanding stock under a share repurchase program (the Share Repurchase Program). The Share Repurchase Program is a program for capital management purposes that considers, among other things, business segment capital needs, as well as equity-based compensation and benefit plan requirements. The Share Repurchase Program has no set expiration or termination date. Share repurchases by the Company are subject to regulatory approval. |
(B) | Includes: (1) shares delivered or attested in satisfaction of the exercise price and/or tax withholding obligations by holders of employee and director stock options (granted under employee and director stock compensation plans) who exercised options; (2) shares withheld, delivered or attested (under the terms of grants under employee and director stock compensation plans) to offset tax withholding obligations that occur upon vesting and release of restricted shares; and (3) shares withheld, delivered and attested (under the terms of grants under employee and director stock compensation plans) to offset tax withholding obligations that occur upon the delivery of outstanding shares underlying restricted stock units. The Companys employee and director stock compensation plans provide that the value of the shares withheld, delivered or attested shall be valued using the fair market value of the Companys common stock on the date the relevant transaction occurs, using a valuation methodology established by the Company. |
(C) | Share purchases under publicly announced programs are made pursuant to open-market purchases, Rule 10b5-1 plans or privately negotiated transactions (including with employee benefit plans) as market conditions warrant and at prices the Company deems appropriate. |
Item 6. | Exhibits. |
An exhibit index has been filed as part of this Report on Page E-1.
129 |
SIGNATURE
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.
MORGAN STANLEY (Registrant) | ||
By: | /s/ RUTH PORAT | |
Ruth Porat Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer | ||
By: | /s/ PAUL C. WIRTH | |
Paul C. Wirth Finance Director and Controller |
Date: May 7, 2010
130 |
EXHIBIT INDEX
MORGAN STANLEY
Quarter Ended March 31, 2010
Exhibit No. |
Description | |
10.1 | Aircraft Time Sharing Agreement, dated as of January 1, 2010, by and between Corporate Services Support Corp. and James P. Gorman. | |
10.2 | Agreement between Morgan Stanley and James P. Gorman, dated August 16, 2005, and amendment to agreement dated December 17, 2008 (filed hereto as a result of Mr. Gorman becoming a named executive officer pursuant to Item 402 of Regulation S-K). | |
10.3 | Agreement between Morgan Stanley and Kenneth M. deRegt, dated February 14, 2008 (filed hereto as a result of Mr. deRegt becoming a named executive officer pursuant to Item 402 of Regulation S-K). | |
10.4 | Form of Award Certificate for Discretionary Retention Awards of Stock Units. | |
10.5 | Form of Award Certificate under the Morgan Stanley Compensation Incentive Plan. | |
10.6 | Form of Award Certificate for Performance Stock Units. | |
12 | Statement Re: Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges and Computation of Earnings to Fixed Charges and Preferred Stock Dividends. | |
15 | Letter of awareness from Deloitte & Touche LLP, dated May 7, 2010, concerning unaudited interim financial information. | |
31.1 | Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of Chief Executive Officer. | |
31.2 | Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of Chief Financial Officer. | |
32.1 | Section 1350 Certification of Chief Executive Officer. | |
32.2 | Section 1350 Certification of Chief Financial Officer. | |
101 | Interactive data files pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T: (i) the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Financial ConditionMarch 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, (ii) the Condensed Consolidated Statements of IncomeThree Months Ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, (iii) the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive IncomeThree Months Ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, (iv) the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash FlowsThree Months Ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, (v) the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Changes in Total EquityThree Months Ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, and (vi) Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited), tagged as blocks of text.* |
* | As provided in Rule 406T of Regulation S-T, this information is furnished and not filed for purposes of Sections 11 and 12 of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. |
E-1 |